mirror of
https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git
synced 2024-11-09 18:31:04 +00:00
4f6c0b5202
Now that we have module support for literate programming, it is possible to do a noweb cleanup. This is basically a patch from Kayvan Sylvan: - get rid of literate-xxx classes - rename Scrap to Chunk, since this is the name noweb doc uses (Scrap is from nuweb) - update lyx file format and add lyx2lyx support for gettting rid of literate-xxx classes - update documentation On the top of it, update tex2lyx to - avoid creating files with literate-xxx class - fix conflict between parsing << as a quote and parsing it as a Chunk - create Chunk layouts instead of Scrap ones.
23898 lines
408 KiB
Plaintext
23898 lines
408 KiB
Plaintext
#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
||
\lyxformat 447
|
||
\begin_document
|
||
\begin_header
|
||
\textclass scrbook
|
||
\begin_preamble
|
||
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
|
||
%
|
||
% This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints
|
||
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
|
||
% parts of the manual may not print out as expected. If you
|
||
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
|
||
% the documentation team
|
||
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
|
||
|
||
% if pdflatex is used
|
||
\usepackage{ifpdf}
|
||
\ifpdf
|
||
|
||
% set fonts for nicer pdf view
|
||
\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}
|
||
{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
|
||
|
||
\fi % end if pdflatex is used
|
||
|
||
% the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
|
||
% and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added
|
||
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
||
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
|
||
\renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{%
|
||
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
|
||
\myTOC
|
||
\cleardoublepage
|
||
\pagenumbering{arabic}}
|
||
|
||
% used for multi-column text
|
||
\usepackage{multicol}
|
||
|
||
% extra space for tables
|
||
\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
|
||
\usepackage{enumitem}
|
||
\end_preamble
|
||
\options fleqn,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
|
||
\use_default_options false
|
||
\begin_modules
|
||
logicalmkup
|
||
theorems-ams
|
||
theorems-ams-extended
|
||
multicol
|
||
\end_modules
|
||
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
||
\begin_local_layout
|
||
Format 7
|
||
InsetLayout CharStyle:MenuItem
|
||
LyxType charstyle
|
||
LabelString menu
|
||
LatexType command
|
||
LatexName menuitem
|
||
Font
|
||
Family Sans
|
||
EndFont
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\newcommand*{\menuitem}[1]{{\sffamily #1}}
|
||
EndPreamble
|
||
End
|
||
\end_local_layout
|
||
\language english
|
||
\language_package default
|
||
\inputencoding auto
|
||
\fontencoding global
|
||
\font_roman default
|
||
\font_sans default
|
||
\font_typewriter default
|
||
\font_math auto
|
||
\font_default_family default
|
||
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
||
\font_sc false
|
||
\font_osf false
|
||
\font_sf_scale 100
|
||
\font_tt_scale 100
|
||
\graphics default
|
||
\default_output_format default
|
||
\output_sync 0
|
||
\bibtex_command default
|
||
\index_command default
|
||
\paperfontsize 12
|
||
\spacing single
|
||
\use_hyperref true
|
||
\pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual"
|
||
\pdf_author "LyX Team"
|
||
\pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation"
|
||
\pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional"
|
||
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksopen false
|
||
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
||
\pdf_breaklinks false
|
||
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
||
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
||
\pdf_backref false
|
||
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
||
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
||
\papersize default
|
||
\use_geometry false
|
||
\use_package amsmath 1
|
||
\use_package amssymb 1
|
||
\use_package esint 0
|
||
\use_package mathdots 1
|
||
\use_package mathtools 0
|
||
\use_package mhchem 1
|
||
\use_package undertilde 0
|
||
\cite_engine basic
|
||
\cite_engine_type numerical
|
||
\biblio_style plain
|
||
\use_bibtopic false
|
||
\use_indices false
|
||
\paperorientation portrait
|
||
\suppress_date false
|
||
\justification true
|
||
\use_refstyle 0
|
||
\notefontcolor #0000ff
|
||
\index Index
|
||
\shortcut idx
|
||
\color #008000
|
||
\end_index
|
||
\secnumdepth 3
|
||
\tocdepth 3
|
||
\paragraph_separation indent
|
||
\paragraph_indentation default
|
||
\quotes_language english
|
||
\papercolumns 1
|
||
\papersides 2
|
||
\paperpagestyle headings
|
||
\tracking_changes true
|
||
\output_changes false
|
||
\html_math_output 0
|
||
\html_css_as_file 0
|
||
\html_be_strict true
|
||
\author 819523532 "Kayvan Sylvan"
|
||
\end_header
|
||
|
||
\begin_body
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Title
|
||
Additional LyX Features
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subtitle
|
||
Version 2.0.x
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Author
|
||
by the LyX Team
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Principal maintainer of this file is
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Richard Heck
|
||
\noun default
|
||
.
|
||
If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
|
||
Documentation mailing list,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\noindent
|
||
<lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
||
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This manual is essentially Part II of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide\SpecialChar \@.
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
The reason for separating the two documents is simple: the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is already quite lengthy, and it contains information on all of the basic
|
||
features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents.
|
||
However, the LyX Team has worked to make LyX extensible through various
|
||
configuration files and external packages.
|
||
That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you
|
||
can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter LyX
|
||
itself.
|
||
We've already had contributions of several new features this way, and some
|
||
of them are documented here.
|
||
There are also some more `advanced' features, such as how to control the
|
||
presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents,
|
||
that are not covered in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and are discussed here.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version
|
||
control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly.
|
||
There is also a chapter on LyX's support for HTML.
|
||
And lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use
|
||
to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of
|
||
LaTeX.
|
||
After all, LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
is
|
||
\emph default
|
||
only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some, not all, LaTeX features.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you haven't read the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\emph default
|
||
yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual.
|
||
The
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is the first place to go, since it describes the notation and format of
|
||
all of the manuals.
|
||
You should also be thoroughly familiar with the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and all of the basic features of LyX before attempting to read this one.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction
|
||
with LaTeX, this first chapter covers the inner workings of LyX and how
|
||
to direct LyX to generate exactly the LaTeX code you want.
|
||
It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
LyX and LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
How LyX Uses LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious.
|
||
In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable
|
||
output.
|
||
This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something
|
||
about LaTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
At one time, LyX was called a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
but that's no longer true.
|
||
There are frontends to LaTeX out there.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Some familar ones are TeXmaker and kile, on Linux, and TeXshop, OSX.
|
||
There are also the LaTeX modes for vi and emacs, of course.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
These are basically text editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark
|
||
any errors in the file you're editing.
|
||
Although LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
is
|
||
\emph default
|
||
an editor, and it
|
||
\emph on
|
||
does
|
||
\emph default
|
||
run LaTeX, and it also indicates errors in the file, it also does much,
|
||
much more.
|
||
For one thing, you don't need to know LaTeX to use LyX effectively.
|
||
And LyX has added its own extensions to LaTeX.
|
||
Try the following sometime: select
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
File
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
menu (or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Source
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
), then look at the preamble of the resulting
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.
|
||
You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX.
|
||
These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use
|
||
in the document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX.
|
||
They are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
View
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Update
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Print
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Fax
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time
|
||
LaTeX was run.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When LyX runs LaTeX on the file you're editing, it performs these steps:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in place of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Run LaTeX on the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file (maybe several times), and run any other commands (such as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bibtex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
makeindex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) needed to compile the LaTeX file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If there are any errors, show the error log.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have run LaTeX using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar default
|
||
DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, LyX then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file.
|
||
If you have used
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar default
|
||
PostScript
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, LyX performs further steps:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Run
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
dvips
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to convert the DVI file to PostScript.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Run a PostScript viewer, such as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ghostview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, to display the PostScript file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX does similar things when viewing, or exporting, other formats.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Translating LaTeX files into LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Import\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command in LyX.
|
||
This will call a program named
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
which will create a file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
foo.lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from the file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
foo.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
LyX will then open that file.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
can also be run from the command line, of course.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything.
|
||
It will put things it doesn't understand into TeX code, so after translating
|
||
a file with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, you can look for TeX code and hand-edit it until it looks right.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you don't know what TeX code is, read the next section.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Inserting TeX Code into LyX Documents
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Anything you can do in LaTeX you can do in LyX, for a very simple reason:
|
||
You can always insert TeX code into any LyX document.
|
||
LyX cannot, and will never be able to, display every possible LaTeX construct.
|
||
If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can
|
||
use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TeX Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
box, which you can insert into your document with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
TeX Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or the keyboard shortcut
|
||
\begin_inset Info
|
||
type "shortcut"
|
||
arg "ert-insert"
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document.
|
||
The code looks like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This is an example of a minipage environment.
|
||
You
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating)
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
figures and tables.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
&
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{verbatim}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This ...
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{verbatim}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{tabular}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TeX Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
|
||
Those of you reading the manual in LyX will only see the TeX code inset.
|
||
Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}{ll}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
This is an example of a minipage environment.
|
||
You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
&
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{verbatim}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{minipage}{5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
This ...
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{verbatim}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{minipage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{tabular}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In addition to using TeX code, you can also create a separate file containing
|
||
some complex LaTeX structure and then use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Child
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Document
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to include your file (you should select the type
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Input
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
We recommend that you only do this if you have a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file which you
|
||
\emph on
|
||
know
|
||
\emph default
|
||
works already.
|
||
Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a few last points to emphasize:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
does not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
check if your LaTeX code is correct.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Beware of reinventing the wheel.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
On that last point, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and
|
||
more are coming.
|
||
Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such
|
||
feature before you decide you have to do it by hand.
|
||
Moreover, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of
|
||
things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
|
||
Check out
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "CTAN"
|
||
target "http://www.ctan.org/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be
|
||
sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance.
|
||
There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
About the LaTeX Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble
|
||
is good for.
|
||
If you don't, the following will give you some ideas—we recommend again
|
||
that you consult a LaTeX book for further information.
|
||
In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what
|
||
you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
before
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the text.
|
||
It serves to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Declare the document class.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX already does this for you.
|
||
If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have a custom document class
|
||
you want to use, check out the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Customization Manual
|
||
\emph default
|
||
for information on how to make LyX interface to it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Declare the usage of packages.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within
|
||
a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
|
||
In addition to providing special commands, the inclusion of a package can
|
||
change the document.
|
||
For example, the package
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
indentfirst
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
forces all paragraphs to be indented.
|
||
There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Set counters, variables, lengths and widths.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
There are several LaTeX counters and variables that
|
||
\emph on
|
||
must
|
||
\emph default
|
||
be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
|
||
(There are variables that you can set and reset inside the document, too.)
|
||
Margins are a good example of something that must be set in the preamble.
|
||
Another example is the label format for lists.
|
||
You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it
|
||
just once, inside the preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Declare user defined commands (with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newcommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
These are abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside
|
||
a document.
|
||
Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they
|
||
\emph on
|
||
can
|
||
\emph default
|
||
be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time, of course).
|
||
This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document,
|
||
which normally should not be the case.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file it produces.
|
||
This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Changing the Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you
|
||
can't change them without patching LyX itself.
|
||
You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog.
|
||
LyX adds anything in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog to its own built-in preamble.
|
||
Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure
|
||
that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do.
|
||
(Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
make sure your preamble code is correct
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
LyX doesn't check it for you.
|
||
If there is an error, you're likely to get an error like
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Missing
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If you see this error, check your preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Examples
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they
|
||
do.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Example #1: Offsets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Their names should be self-explanatory.
|
||
These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
|
||
Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you
|
||
can actually print on aren't the same.
|
||
This is where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
come in.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The default values for
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are both 0
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
points, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the page isn't shifted.
|
||
Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
|
||
We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
|
||
If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and
|
||
your sysadmin is a doofus,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
can save the day.
|
||
Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
inches too big.
|
||
You can add this to the preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hoffset}{-0.5 in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
voffset}{-0.5 in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
and your margins should now be correct.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Example #2: Labels
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
|
||
There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive,
|
||
for printing sheets of labels:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
labels.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Now, your system may not have this package installed by default.
|
||
We leave that up to you to check.
|
||
You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do
|
||
that for you.
|
||
Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you
|
||
use this package.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
First, make sure you're using the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
article
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
document class.
|
||
Next, you need to put the following in your preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{labels}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LabelCols=3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LabelRows=7
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LeftBorder=8mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
RightBorder=8mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
TopBorder=9mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
BottomBorder=2mm
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This sets things up for Avery label sheets, stock #5360.
|
||
You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code,
|
||
placing the commands
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{labels}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{labels}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
around each label text.
|
||
This and other special features of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
labels.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are explained in its documentation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly.
|
||
Maybe that someone is you.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Americans are trained to indent the first line of
|
||
\emph on
|
||
every
|
||
\emph default
|
||
paragraph.
|
||
As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and
|
||
moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
|
||
(Yes, we're joking.
|
||
(We are?)
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Yeah
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, we are.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography.
|
||
In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph
|
||
\emph on
|
||
if
|
||
\emph default
|
||
it follows another one.
|
||
The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish
|
||
neighboring paragraphs from one another.
|
||
If there is no previous paragraph—for example, if it follows a figure or
|
||
is the first paragraph in a section—then there is no need for indentation.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you're a typical American (we're still joking!), though, you don't care
|
||
about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the
|
||
preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{indentfirst}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If your TeX distribution isn't braindead, you'll have this package, and
|
||
all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended
|
||
they should have.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Example #4: This Document
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some
|
||
of the advanced things you can do.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
LyX and LaTeX Errors
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep
|
||
going.
|
||
It then uses the logfile from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem.
|
||
After analyzing the logfile, LyX displays a dialog listing the errors.
|
||
Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your LyX file
|
||
where the error occurred.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Well, usually.
|
||
Analyzing the logfile is a tough job, and LyX doesn't always go to the
|
||
right line.
|
||
There are also cases where LaTeX reports the error on one line, but the
|
||
actual error is earlier.
|
||
This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program: You'll get
|
||
an error, but only later.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some folks also like to look at the log file directly: It is available from
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar default
|
||
Latex
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Log
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
|
||
We'll cover those here.
|
||
You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX Warning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose
|
||
of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
debugging
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the LaTeX code itself.
|
||
You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references
|
||
or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that
|
||
you need to make another run.
|
||
You can by-and-large ignore these.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX Font Warning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find.
|
||
The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font
|
||
that LaTeX used.
|
||
You can safely ignore these, too.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Overfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX absolutely
|
||
\emph on
|
||
loves
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to spew these out.
|
||
They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right
|
||
margin.
|
||
Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output.
|
||
(It can be just a point or two.) Or, only one or two characters extend past
|
||
the margin.
|
||
LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any
|
||
document you write.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
You can ignore these messages.
|
||
Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too
|
||
wide; just look at the output.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
You can also enable the `draft' option in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document
|
||
\bar under
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar default
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and then LaTeX will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Underfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Not quite as common as its cousin.
|
||
LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to
|
||
ones that are a bit too narrow.
|
||
We have no idea why.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Overfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Underfull
|
||
\backslash
|
||
vbox
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
|
||
Once again, just look at the output.
|
||
Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX Error: File
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes els
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Xxxx
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes ers
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
not found
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The file
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Xxxx
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
isn't installed on this system.
|
||
This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
|
||
If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing.
|
||
Use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX Configuration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to get a list of packages that LyX knows about.
|
||
This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Reconfigure
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If you did use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command and the package in question isn't installed, then you'll need to
|
||
install it yourself.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX Error: Unknown option
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified
|
||
a bad or undefined option to a package.
|
||
Check the package's documentation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Undefined control sequence
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll
|
||
get one of these.
|
||
You may have forgotten to load a package.
|
||
In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined
|
||
command.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are other error and warning messages.
|
||
Some are self-explanatory.
|
||
These are usually LaTeX messages.
|
||
Others are downright cryptic.
|
||
These are usually TeX error messages, and we really have
|
||
\emph on
|
||
no clue
|
||
\emph default
|
||
what they mean or how to decipher them.
|
||
No-one does.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If there are no typos, check that you used the command(s) correctly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document—and
|
||
especially if you see a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Missing
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
error—it means that there are errors in the preamble.
|
||
Start debugging your preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code
|
||
to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself.
|
||
Check for missing packages and install them.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Okay, so there are no missing packages.
|
||
Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
misuse
|
||
\emph default
|
||
any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Protected
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Blanks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Linebreaks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Pagebreaks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the
|
||
appropriate paragraph environment?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by
|
||
the rules.
|
||
Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside
|
||
a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break
|
||
a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word
|
||
spacing it will add in order to break a line.
|
||
Preferably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
|
||
If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sloppypar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to
|
||
make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
|
||
If you nested a bunch of environments to the
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
level, that's the problem.
|
||
(The limit in LaTeX is five.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks awful.
|
||
If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you
|
||
need to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
rescale the figure so it fits.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
trim down the table so it fits.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything
|
||
fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If all this doesn't help—well, then
|
||
\emph on
|
||
perhaps
|
||
\emph default
|
||
you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Supplemental Tools
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Customizing Bibliographies with BibTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The most basic information about how to use BibTeX with LyX is contained
|
||
in the section
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported
|
||
by LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Alternative Citation Styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Standard BibTeX uses numbers (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[12]
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) to refer to a cited work.
|
||
However, in many scientific disciplines, other citation styles are in use.
|
||
The most common one is the author-year style (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Knuth 1984a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
LyX supports two packages that provide this style,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
jurabib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Both packages have their pros and cons, which cannot be listed in detail.
|
||
If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style,
|
||
or if you want to use one of the countless style files for
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, then the established
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package is probably your choice.
|
||
If you need special features like short title references, ibidem etc., you
|
||
might consider the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
jurabib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The handling of both packages in LyX is basically the same.
|
||
Go to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and select under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the option
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Jurabib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
With both packages, you will get some extra features in the citation dialog
|
||
and you can select the style of the reference (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Knuth 1984
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Knuth (1984)
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Knuth, 1984
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
1984
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
etc.).
|
||
Note that both packages need specifically designed style files.
|
||
They both ship their own, but there are lots of additional style files,
|
||
and there is even an interactive style file builder
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
See
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
natbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Sectioned Bibliographies
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections.
|
||
If you are for instance a historian, the possibility to separate sources
|
||
and scientific works is most likely a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
must have
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Unfortunately, BibTeX itself does not allow you to do this.
|
||
But with the help of some LaTeX packages, BibTeX can be extended to fit
|
||
your needs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX provides native support for one of these packages,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
bibtopic
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Available from
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The advantage of this package (compared to other packages like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
multibib
|
||
\family default
|
||
) is that you don't need to define new citation commands.
|
||
Instead, you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include
|
||
the entries for the different sections of the bibliography.
|
||
For example: If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Sources
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Scientific works
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, you first need to create two bibliographic databases, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
sources.bib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
scientific.bib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Go to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and check under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the option
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sectioned bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Now you can insert multiple BibTeX bibliographies, one for each section
|
||
of your bibliography.
|
||
Returning to our example: Insert the BibTeX bibliography
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
sources.bib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and a second one for the database
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
scientific.bib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
You are free to use the same or different styles for each section.
|
||
Additionally, you can choose if the bibliography section should contain
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
all cited references
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of the specified database(s) (which is the default),
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
all uncited references
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or even
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
all references
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into
|
||
three sections:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Cited sources
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Uncited sources
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Scientific works
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections.
|
||
Since
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bibtopic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
removes the bibliography title, you have to manually re-add that, too (as
|
||
a chapter* or section*, for instance).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Multiple Bibliographies
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Multiple bibliographies, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
a bibliography for each section or chapter of the document, are not supported
|
||
by BibTeX itself.
|
||
But the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bibtopic
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package, which is used for the creation of sectioned bibliographies in
|
||
LyX (see the previous section), provides an easy way to solve this task,
|
||
if you are willing to use some
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TeX Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(see section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
An alternative approach is to use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
chapterbib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bibunits
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package, respectively.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
First go to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
check
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Sectioned bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In the document, you have to enclose the sections, which shall contain
|
||
their own bibliography (including the BibTeX bibliography itself), between
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{btUnit}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{btUnit}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(those commands have to be inserted as TeX code).
|
||
The bibliography will contain all references that have been cited in the
|
||
current
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
btUnit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Note:
|
||
\series default
|
||
If you are using this approach, then every citation reference has to be
|
||
inside some
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
btUnit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Also, the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
btUnit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
s cannot be nested.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Multipart Documents
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
General Operation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient
|
||
to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something
|
||
where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does
|
||
not.
|
||
In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
|
||
For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction
|
||
, observations, results, discussion, and conclusion.
|
||
Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
master
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus
|
||
the five included files.
|
||
It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which
|
||
can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master
|
||
file.
|
||
Each of these files must have the same document class, however—don't attempt
|
||
to mix book classes with article classes.
|
||
You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their
|
||
own preamble (i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
everything up to and including the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
line as well as the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{document}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to
|
||
make a DVI file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX allows you to include files quite easily with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
ChiId
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Document
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file
|
||
at the current cursor location.
|
||
Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file
|
||
to be included, and the method of its inclusion.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The file selection box should by now be obvious.
|
||
The three inclusion methods are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
include
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
input
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The difference between
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
include
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
input
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is
|
||
that files that are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
included
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are typeset beginning on a new page, while files that are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
inputted
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
are typeset starting on the current page.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin
|
||
g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files that do not have
|
||
all the preamble information.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears
|
||
in the file, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
verbatim
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font.
|
||
Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces
|
||
are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces.
|
||
However, setting the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Mark
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
spaces
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Cross-References Between Files
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "t"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
use_makebox 0
|
||
width "100col%"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1in"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
This section is somewhat out of date.
|
||
Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when
|
||
the master is.
|
||
[[FIXME]]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
|
||
First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two
|
||
file example, where B is included in A.
|
||
Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B.
|
||
Open the cross-reference dialog whilst in document B, and you can select
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
buffer
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to use.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Box Frameless
|
||
position "t"
|
||
hor_pos "c"
|
||
has_inner_box 1
|
||
inner_pos "t"
|
||
use_parbox 0
|
||
use_makebox 0
|
||
width "100col%"
|
||
special "none"
|
||
height "1in"
|
||
height_special "totalheight"
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
This section also needs updating.
|
||
There is now material about this on the wiki, and it could be copied here.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Copy the bibliography list with all entries to all subdocuments and transform
|
||
them to a comment.
|
||
This way LyX will find the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.bib
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-files and you can easily insert references without making the bibliography
|
||
list visible.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As the bibliography list is in a comment, LaTeX won't use it and the references
|
||
will look like this: [?], instead of like this: [1].
|
||
One solution is to use the LaTeX-package
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
that will only include comments by processing the files separately.
|
||
To do this, add in the LaTeX preamble of every subdocument the following:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{comment}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
includecomment{comment}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
See also
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://wiki.lyx.org/FAQ/Unsorted#toc31
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
LyX Archives
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Users sometimes need to be able to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bundle
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
a LyX file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends,
|
||
either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author.
|
||
LyX 2.0 includes a Python script (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxpak.py
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) that automates this process.
|
||
To use it, you must have either the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
zipfile
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tarfile
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
python modules installed on your system.
|
||
By default, the script prefers the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
gzip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-compressed
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format on Unix-like systems and the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
zip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format on Windows.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX's configuration process will set the script up to export a `LyX Archive',
|
||
and this format will then be available under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Independently of the platform, the generation of a particular archive format
|
||
can be forced by adding either the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-t
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(for the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
tar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format) or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-z
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(for the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
zip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format) switch to the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyX\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LyX Archive
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
converter in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Converters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
(Make sure you add the switch after the script name, not before it.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Fancy Headers and Footers
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The default page layout is rather plain; for an
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
article
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of
|
||
the page.
|
||
This document uses KOMA-script's book class, so it appears to be a bit
|
||
fancier.
|
||
But to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
fancy
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, as mentioned in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
This section describes the LaTeX code you need to insert in your LaTeX
|
||
preamble in order to get the desired effects.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For more information on fancy headers, see the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
fancyhdr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package documentation.
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
left
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
center
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
right
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The footer is also divided into these three fields.
|
||
The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lfoot
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, etc.
|
||
Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each
|
||
page.
|
||
Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{John Q.
|
||
DocWriter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You will now see your name in the upper left.
|
||
If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often
|
||
the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command
|
||
with a blank argument, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cfoot{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Section
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in
|
||
the lower right.
|
||
The following commands should now appear in the preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{Section
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thesection}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chead{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rhead{Page
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lfoot{John Q.
|
||
DocWriter}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cfoot{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rfoot{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
today}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The commands
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thesection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current
|
||
section and page numbers.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
today
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
simply prints out today's date.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above
|
||
the footer can also be modified.
|
||
If you don't want one of the rules, set its thickness to 0.
|
||
The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt.
|
||
Use commands
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to set the thicknesses.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages
|
||
using commands like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{empty}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{plain}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thispagestyle{fancy}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them
|
||
as TeX code.
|
||
In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages
|
||
are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As a final example, it is possible to include an image in the header or
|
||
footer.
|
||
Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner.
|
||
You might try something like
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lhead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
resizebox{1in}{!}{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
(you may need to preface this with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\noindent
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphics}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Itemize Bullet Selection
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:bullet"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Allan Rae
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
|
||
Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each
|
||
level of an itemized list.
|
||
These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different
|
||
sets of bullets for different paragraphs.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
How it looks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Open the dialog by selecting the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
menu item and then select the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Bullets
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tab.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
|
||
A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
|
||
different panels of bullet shapes.
|
||
The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
|
||
you are changing.
|
||
A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
|
||
LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
|
||
If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages
|
||
in the LaTeX preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
|
||
The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX package.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
|
||
<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Button
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family roman
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Packages Required
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
base LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Maths
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
amssymb.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Ding1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Ding2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Ding3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
Ding4
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\series medium
|
||
\shape up
|
||
\size normal
|
||
\emph off
|
||
\bar no
|
||
\noun off
|
||
\color none
|
||
pifont.sty
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
|
||
If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file, then
|
||
it is likely you are missing a package.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting
|
||
elsewhere.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
How to use it
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
|
||
and size.
|
||
Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right
|
||
mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
If you
|
||
\emph on
|
||
really
|
||
\emph default
|
||
want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets
|
||
in each, then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with TeX code.
|
||
The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with
|
||
the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
|
||
To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi=
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
small
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sharp
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Use the LaTeX command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand{}{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
|
||
You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it
|
||
again afterwards.
|
||
In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet
|
||
used for the first depth.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi=
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
small
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
sharp
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
[
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
star
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape
|
||
enclosed in square brackets and set as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
TeX Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For example, this item was started with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
[
|
||
\backslash
|
||
(
|
||
\backslash
|
||
star
|
||
\backslash
|
||
)]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for
|
||
the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
|
||
The way used here was:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
renewcommand
|
||
\backslash
|
||
labelitemi[0]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
savelabelitemi}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
LyX and the World Wide Web
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats,
|
||
such as HTML.
|
||
Before verson 2.0, however, HTML export was always accomplished by the use
|
||
of external converters.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
For details on the use of external converters with LyX, see the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Converters
|
||
\emph default
|
||
section of the Customization manual.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
These fall into two large groups: there are converters that use LaTeX as
|
||
an intermediate format, such as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
htlatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
html2latex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
plastex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, relying upon LyX to produce the LaTeX; and there is a converter that works
|
||
directly on LyX files,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
eLyXer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
All of these have different advantages and disadvantages.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LaTeX-based converters have the advantage that, in principle, they know
|
||
everything about the exported document that LaTeX does.
|
||
Such converters do not care, for example, if a certain block of code was
|
||
produced by LyX or was Evil Red Text.
|
||
These converters know about
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
aux
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files, counters, and references, and can often make use of the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bbl
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files generated by BibTeX.
|
||
On the other hand, LaTeX is a very hard language to parse---it is sometimes
|
||
said that only TeX itself understands TeX---and LaTeX-based converters
|
||
will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs; complex ones
|
||
can throw them completely, and as of this writing, for example, the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Embedded Objects
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual will not export with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
htlatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, though the others will.
|
||
The other issue concerns how math is handled.
|
||
These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that
|
||
are then linked from the HTML document.
|
||
Since these are actually generated by LaTeX, they are accurate.
|
||
But they do not scale well, and just getting them to look as if they are
|
||
actually meant to be in your document---so that the font sizes seem to
|
||
be roughly the same---can be a challenge.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Alex Fernandez's
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
eLyXer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "http://elyxer.nongnu.org/"
|
||
target "http://elyxer.nongnu.org/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) solves some of these problems.
|
||
In particular, the formulae it produces scale perfectly, since it renders
|
||
math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae
|
||
to images.
|
||
But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
htlatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
; this reflects the limitations of HTML.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
That said,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
eLyXer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations, but this setting is only
|
||
available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs
|
||
the backend.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
More importantly (as of version 1.1.1, at least),
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
eLyXer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph
|
||
or character styles.
|
||
These limitations make
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
eLyXer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
unsuitable for many of the documents LyX users produce.
|
||
In principle, of course, these problems could be solved, but the LyX developers
|
||
have decided to follow a different path and have made LyX itself capable
|
||
of writing XHTML, just as it is capable of writing LaTeX, DocBook, and
|
||
plaintext.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As of this writing, XHTML output remains under development and should probably
|
||
be regarded as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
experimental
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
development/HTML.notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which can be found in the LyX source tree or
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "accessed online"
|
||
target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output.
|
||
See also the list of XHTML bugs on
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "the bug tracker"
|
||
target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Still, the developers have chosen this approach because it has several
|
||
potential advantages over the other two.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines,
|
||
since they are part of LyX, know everything LyX knows about the document
|
||
being exported.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Another advantage is that, since these routines are internal to LyX, they
|
||
are immune to changes in LyX's file format, or to changes in the semantics
|
||
of existing insets.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline),
|
||
about the counters associated with different paragraph styles, and about
|
||
user-defined styles.
|
||
The XHTML output routines know what LyX knows about internationalization,
|
||
too, so they will output
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Chapter 1
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\lang ngerman
|
||
Kapitel
|
||
\lang english
|
||
1
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, depending upon the language in effect at the time.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Quite generally, the output routines know what LyX knows about document
|
||
layout, that is, about how the document is to be rendered on screen.
|
||
We use this information when we output the document as XHTML.
|
||
In particular, LyX
|
||
\emph on
|
||
automatically
|
||
\emph default
|
||
generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information
|
||
it uses to render the document on screen: if section headings are supposed
|
||
to be sans-serif and bold as seen in LyX, then (by default) they will be
|
||
sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser, too.
|
||
And this is true not just for pre-defined styles, like Section, but for
|
||
any style, including user-defined styles.
|
||
Indeed, the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined
|
||
paragraph and character styles and LyX's own pre-defined styles: in each
|
||
case, everything LyX knows about the styles is contained in the layout
|
||
files.
|
||
And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets, such as
|
||
footnotes, and various custom insets.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly
|
||
the same way LaTeX output can be customized and extended: through layout
|
||
files and modules.
|
||
See chapter five of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Customization
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual for the details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML
|
||
output, its limitations, and ways to work around those limitations.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Math Output in XHTML
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX offers four choices for how math is rendered.
|
||
These have various advantages and disadvantages:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
MathML
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the
|
||
web, and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it.
|
||
The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML, and support is
|
||
not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers, such as Firefox.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If LyX is unable to render a formula as MathML---for example, if the formula
|
||
uses the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xymatrix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package or ERT---then it will instead output the formula as an image.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
HTML
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
As mentioned above,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
elyxer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
outputs math as HTML, styled by CSS.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LyX has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
elyxer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
For simple formulae, this can work quite well, though with more complicated
|
||
formulae it tends to break down.
|
||
Still, this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and
|
||
so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little, fairly
|
||
simple math.
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML---for example, if the formula
|
||
uses the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xymatrix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package or ERT---then it will instead output the formula as an image.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Images
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Like
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
htlatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, LyX will output formulae as images, the very same images, in fact, that
|
||
are used for instant preview.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Instant preview does
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
have to be on for images to be output, however.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by
|
||
LaTeX, so they are very accurate.
|
||
The disadvantage, as mentioned earlier, is that these are bitmapped images,
|
||
so they do not scale terribly well, and one cannot copy them, etc.
|
||
(As of this writing, there are also problems about equation numbering.
|
||
See
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "bug 6894"
|
||
target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/ticket/6894"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.)
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The size of the images can be controlled by setting the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Math Images Scaling
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parameter under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
For those who want to know, this controls the resolution of the image in
|
||
dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If LyX for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g., if a
|
||
required LaTeX package is not installed), then it will fall back to outputing
|
||
the raw LaTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Finally, LyX will happily output math as LaTeX.
|
||
As well as being the output of last resort, this method can be used with
|
||
such tools as
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "jsMath"
|
||
target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which uses JavaScript to render LaTeX embedded in HTML documents.
|
||
LyX wraps the LaTeX in either a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
span
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(for inline formulas) or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
div
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(for displayed formulas) with
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
class='math'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, as is required for jsMath.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
One of these output methods must be selected under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
By default, LyX outputs MathML.
|
||
This is a document-wide setting, therefore.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Eventually, LyX will offer the user the option to select an alternate output
|
||
method for a particular inset, say, one that isn't being rendered very
|
||
well by MathML.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
That said, since LyX falls back to images if the inset contains ERT, then
|
||
one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the
|
||
math, for example:
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Bibliography and Citations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates LyX's
|
||
on-screen labels, so the labels will look in the output much as they do
|
||
in LyX, though better.
|
||
If you are using numerical citations, then LyX will output numerical labels,
|
||
such as [1] or [17], rather than simply showing the citation key in square
|
||
brackets, as it does on-screen.
|
||
If you are using author-year citations, then LyX will add lowercase letters
|
||
to the years, just as BibTeX does, if it finds more than one citation for
|
||
a given author-year combination.
|
||
The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries.
|
||
Note that there is, at present, no way to customize the appearance of the
|
||
labels, for example, to choose between square brackets and parentheses.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentati
|
||
on of reference information in the citation dialog, so you will see in the
|
||
XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given
|
||
entry in the citation dialog.
|
||
The formatting can be customized in your layout file or, preferably, in
|
||
a module.
|
||
See the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Customization
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual for the details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed
|
||
with every entry with which it is associated.
|
||
So you can see things like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
Jason Stanley,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Context and Logical Form
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Language in Context: Selected Essays
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp.
|
||
30--68.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
Jason Stanley,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Semantics in Context
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Language in Context: Selected Essays
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp.
|
||
201--30.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This should be fixed before long.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies.
|
||
If you have multiple bibliographies, then LyX will print the same bibliography
|
||
over and over.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Indexes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX will happily export indexes as XHTML, but with certain limitations at
|
||
the moment.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy
|
||
constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The main issue here is that LyX itself does not really handle these.
|
||
It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw LaTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from
|
||
that section.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Grouping Index Entries (aka, sub-entries): LyX makes an effort to support
|
||
these, but the entries must be separated by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
!
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, that is, there must be spaces around the exclamation point.
|
||
This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation
|
||
points, ones in math, and so forth.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Page Ranges: There is no support at all for page ranges, since these make
|
||
no sense with XHMTL.
|
||
Instead, you will just get two index entries, one at either end.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Cross-referencing: There is no support for cross-referencing.
|
||
If LyX finds an entry containing the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|see\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
construct, it is just dropped, and the rest is treated as an ordinary index
|
||
entry.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Index Entry Order: LyX does support attempts to fix the sorting order.
|
||
It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting,
|
||
taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry.
|
||
At present, LyX does not check for escaped `@', so do not try to index
|
||
email addresses.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Index Entry Layout: You can format entries by using the text style dialog,
|
||
or by using any other method available within LyX itself.
|
||
There is no support for constructs like:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
entry|textbf
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Indeed, if LyX finds a pipe symbol, `|', in an entry, it will delete it
|
||
and everything that follows it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Multiple Indexes: There is no support for multiple indexes.
|
||
Rather, all index entries will be printed as one large index.
|
||
To avoid our printing several versions of the index, we print only the
|
||
main index, so make sure you have one.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Nomenclature and Glossary
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is at present no support for glossaries.
|
||
Adding it would be fairly trivial, and welcome.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
The LyX Server
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The `LyX server' allows other programs to talk to LyX, invoke LyX commands,
|
||
and retrieve information about the LyX internal state.
|
||
This is only intended for advanced users, but they should find it useful.
|
||
It is by writing to the LyX server, for example, that bibliography managers,
|
||
such as JabRef, are able to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
push
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
citations to LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Starting the LyX Server
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LyX server works through the use of a pair of named pipes.
|
||
These are usually located in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
UserDir
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, (except on Windows, where
|
||
\emph on
|
||
local
|
||
\emph default
|
||
named pipes are special objects located in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pipe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) and have the names
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxpipe.in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxpipe.out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
External programs write into
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxpipe.in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and read back data from
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxpipe.out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dialog, for example
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
"/home/myhome/lyxpipe"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
"
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pipe
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lyxpipe"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
on Windows (but any working path can be used).
|
||
You
|
||
\emph on
|
||
must
|
||
\emph default
|
||
configure this manually in order for the server to start.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX will add the '
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
' and '
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
' to create the pipes.
|
||
If one of the pipes already exists, LyX will assume that another LyX process
|
||
is already running and will not start the server.
|
||
On POSIX (Unix like) systems, if for some other reason, an unused
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stale
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pipe is left in existence when LyX closes, then LyX will try to delete
|
||
it.
|
||
If this fails for some reason, you will need to delete the pipes manually
|
||
and then restart LyX.
|
||
On Windows, pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash,
|
||
so
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stale
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pipes should not be possible.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To have several LyX processes with servers at the same time, you have to
|
||
use different configurations, perhaps by using separate user directories,
|
||
each with its own
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
preferences
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file, for each process.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you are developing a client program, you might find it useful to enable
|
||
debugging information from the LyX server.
|
||
Do this by starting LyX as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyx -dbg lyxserver
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can find a complete example client written in C in the source distribution
|
||
as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
development/lyxserver/server_monitor.c
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Another useful tool is the command-line based clientfound in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
src/client/lyxclient
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Normal communication
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To issue a LyX call, the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input
|
||
pipe.
|
||
This line has the following format:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
LYXCMD:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
clientname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
function
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
argument
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily.
|
||
Its only use is that LyX will echo it if it sends an answer—so a client
|
||
can dispatch results from different requesters.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
function is the function you want LyX to perform.
|
||
It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions
|
||
(for instance, the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
self-insert
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The answer from LyX will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
INFO:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
clientname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
function
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
data
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\emph on
|
||
clientname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
function
|
||
\emph default
|
||
are just echoed from the command request, while
|
||
\emph on
|
||
data
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is more or less useful information filled according to how the command
|
||
execution worked out.
|
||
Some commands, such as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
font-state
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, will return information about the internal state of LyX, while other will
|
||
return an empty data-response.
|
||
This means that the command execution went fine.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In case of errors, the response from LyX will have this form
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
ERROR:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
clientname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
function
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
error message
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
error message
|
||
\emph default
|
||
should contain an explanation of why the command failed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Examples:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
echo $a
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Notification
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX can notify clients of events going on asynchronously.
|
||
Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the
|
||
function
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
notify
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The format of the string LyX sends is as follows:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
NOTIFY:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
key-sequence
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\emph on
|
||
key-sequence
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed
|
||
by the user.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This mechanism can be used to extend LyX's command set and implement macros.
|
||
Bind some key sequence to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
notify
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Then start a client that listens on the output pipe, dispatches the command
|
||
according to the sequence, and starts a function that may use LyX calls
|
||
and LyX requests to issue a command or a series of commands to LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
The simple LyX Server Protocol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management.
|
||
All messages are of the form
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
LYXSRV:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
clientname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
protocol message
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\emph on
|
||
protocol message
|
||
\emph default
|
||
can be
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
hello
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bye
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
hello
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is received from a client, LyX will report back to inform the client that
|
||
it's listening to it's messages, while
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
bye
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sent from LyX will inform clients that LyX is closing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Reverse DVI/PDF search
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some DVI/PDF viewers
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature: Okular on KDE/Linux,
|
||
Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
provide
|
||
\emph on
|
||
reverse search
|
||
\emph default
|
||
facility (also called
|
||
\emph on
|
||
inverse search
|
||
\emph default
|
||
).
|
||
This means that you can tell LyX to put the cursor to a specific line in
|
||
the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output.
|
||
To achieve this, the viewer must be able to communicate with LyX.
|
||
This is done via the LyX server either by using the named pipe (
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
), or the UNIX domain socket (
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxsocket
|
||
\emph default
|
||
) that LyX creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxclient
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program communicates with LyX).
|
||
In some cases, you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer
|
||
and LyX, in others, the viewer can communicate with LyX directly.
|
||
This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system.
|
||
The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the
|
||
reverse search is actually performed.
|
||
In what follows, we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for
|
||
specific viewers.
|
||
Before we turn to this, though, we will explain what needs to be done generally
|
||
to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Automatic setup
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sub:rev-search"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In most cases LyX will do the work for you by enabling the option
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Synchronize with Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the menu
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In such a case LyX will automatically insert the necessary SyncTeX macro
|
||
(for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively.
|
||
This option can be easily reached also on
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View/Update
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Toolbar.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you need a different setting, you can select or input a custom macro
|
||
from the drop down box just below
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Synchronize with Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that the method
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
synctex=1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enables gzip compression.
|
||
If your viewer does not support it, you should instead use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
synctex=-1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Please aöso note that including the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
srcltx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
src-specials
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting.
|
||
Thus, you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting
|
||
if you use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
srcltx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
src-specials
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the
|
||
automatic settings, read the next section about how to set up output synchroniz
|
||
ation manually.
|
||
If the automatic setup suits your needs, you can readily jump to section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sub:configuring-viewers"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer -- needed both
|
||
with the automatic and the manual setup -- are described.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Manual setup
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LaTeX provides several different methods for reverse search.
|
||
Some are built-in in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latex/pdflatex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program, some are provided by external packages.
|
||
Your choice depends on whether your LaTeX distribution already provides
|
||
a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer
|
||
can cope with it.
|
||
The available methods are described in the following.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse
|
||
search.
|
||
It is available in LaTeX since quite some time (any somewhat recent LaTeX
|
||
distribution should include it), and it works reliably.
|
||
To enable it, change the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaT
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eX (plain)->DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaT
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eX (plain)->DraftDVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
converter in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Converters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latex -src-specials $$i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If this doesn't work, check if your TeX engine needs different options
|
||
(the syntax might differ in some distributions).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The packages
|
||
\emph on
|
||
pdfsync
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrltx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output,
|
||
respectively.
|
||
In order to enable it, load the packages in the LyX preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{pdfsync}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for reverse PDF search,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage[active]{srcltx}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for reverse DVI search.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches, you
|
||
can also insert in the preamble the following lines
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{ifpdf}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ifpdf
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{pdfsync}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
else
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage[active]{srcltx}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This way, you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the
|
||
right package will be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document.
|
||
It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
Built-in reverse search via SyncTeX (DVI and PDF)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Recent versions of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
(pdf)latex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search.
|
||
This so-called
|
||
\emph on
|
||
SyncTeX
|
||
\emph default
|
||
facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package
|
||
to the pdftex program and its merge with the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scr-specials
|
||
\emph default
|
||
approach.
|
||
You need at least TeXLive 2008 or a recent MikTeX distribution in order
|
||
to use it.
|
||
Also note that only a few PDF viewers (Skim on the Mac, SumatraPDF on Windows)
|
||
already provide SyncTeX support.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To enable SyncTeX for DVI output, change the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaT
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eX (plain) -> DVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaT
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eX (plain) -> DraftDVI
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
converter in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Converters
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
latex -synctex=1 $$i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and for PDF output, change the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaT
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
eX (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or converter to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configure
|
||
d for the use with SyncTeX.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note that the option
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-synctex=1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
option enables gzip compression.
|
||
If your viewer does not support it, you should instead use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-synctex=-1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Configuring and using specific viewers
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sub:configuring-viewers"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
Xdvi (all platforms)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xdvi
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search,
|
||
as LyX already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxclient
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program.
|
||
Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered
|
||
by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX, respectively).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
However, if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of
|
||
the socket for communicating with LyX, simply change the DVI viewer in
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File formats
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
On Mac OSX you have to use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor 'lyxeditor.sh %f %l'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
xdvi -editor 'lyxeditor.sh %f %l'
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is a suitable script.
|
||
For example, a minimal shell script is the following one:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#!/bin/sh
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe"
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2"
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
read < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
/path/to/lyxpipe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is the Ly
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
XServer pipe path specified in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Paths
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
In the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
development/tools
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
folder of a source distribution you can find a
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
script which is able to locate the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
based on your preferences.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
MacDviX (Mac OSX)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
At the end of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
/Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, add the following lines:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
/Applications/Ly
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
X.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
exit 1
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Modify the lines accordingly if you install LyX somewhere else than in the
|
||
Applications folder.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
Skim (Mac OSX)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Enter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
open -a Skim.app $$i
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to the viewer setting in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
PDF (pdflatex)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and then in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Skim\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Sync
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
choose
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
custom
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
preset and enter command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
/Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
Okular (KDE)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Go to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Configure Okular\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Editor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, select
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Custom Text Editor
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and add the command
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxclient -g %f %l
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
YAP (Windows)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Launch yap, choose its
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Options
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
menu and select the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Inverse DVI Search
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tab.
|
||
Click on the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
New\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
button and, in the window that opens, enter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX Editor
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(or any other name you like) in the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Name:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
field.
|
||
Now click on the button labeled
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch
|
||
file
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.bat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(see below).
|
||
Select
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.bat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and then specify the program arguments as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
%f %l
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.bat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wrapper is used for communicating with LyX through the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and is as follows:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
@echo off
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%1 %2>
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pipe
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lyxpipe.in
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
type
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pipe
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lyxpipe.out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Make sure that the LyXServer pipe path you specified in LyX is
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
.
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pipe
|
||
\backslash
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, otherwise change the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.bat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
wrapper accordingly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
SumatraPDF (Windows)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat %f %l"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the viewer setting in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
PDF (pdflatex)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.bat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is the previous wrapper.
|
||
If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full file name.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
YAP (Cygwin)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
First of all, make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows
|
||
environment, then launch it, choose its
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Options
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
menu and select the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Inverse DVI Search
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tab.
|
||
Click on the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
New\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
button and, in the window that opens, enter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX Editor
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(or any other name you like) in the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Name:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
field.
|
||
Now click on the button labeled
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.exe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the LyX executable).
|
||
Select
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
lyxeditor.exe
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and then specify the program arguments as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-g %f %l
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In this way, you will be using the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxsocket
|
||
\emph default
|
||
for communicating with LyX.
|
||
If, for whatever reason, you want to use the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, omit the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-g
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
option and be sure to specify the LyXServer pipe path in the LyX preferences.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection*
|
||
SumatraPDF (Cygwin)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the viewer setting in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
PDF (pdflatex)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full posix path.
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-g
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
enables communication via the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxsocket
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Again, omit the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
-g
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
option if you want to use the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lyxpipe
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and be sure to specify the LyXServer pipe path in the LyX preferences.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Reverse search is triggered by double-click.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Forward search
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Forward search is, as the name implies, in a sense the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
opposite
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of reverse search.
|
||
It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within LyX.
|
||
If forward search is set up (as described in what follows), you can put
|
||
the cursor anywhere in your LyX document, and hit
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Forward search
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(or select
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Forward search
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the context menu via right mouse click), and then the viewer will jump
|
||
to that position as well.
|
||
This implies, of course, that your viewer supports this function.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To make forward search possible, you first need to provide the generated
|
||
output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the TeX sources.
|
||
This can be done via the methods described in the section
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sub:rev-search"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Additionally, you need to configure LyX for using your viewers in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
General
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers, which you
|
||
can select from the drop down list.
|
||
If none of these configurations suits you, you have to find out and enter
|
||
a suitable configuration yourself.
|
||
The definition syntax uses the following placeholders:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$n
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: row number
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$t
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (without path)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$f
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (including path)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$$o
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
: name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf, depending on which
|
||
one exists in the temporary directory)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that only some of the viewers provide full forward search functionality,
|
||
among them yap, xdvi, okular and Sumatra PDF.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
For Sumatra CMCDDE is needed --- downloadable from
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
target "http://www.istri.fr/zip/CMCDDE.zip"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do
|
||
not support forward search at all, some other viewers -- e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
evince and xpdf -- allow at least to reload the document and jump to a
|
||
specific page of the file, so you can at least navigate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
near
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see
|
||
the predefined example configurations).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output.
|
||
LyX simply checks which preview format you have used before (i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e., which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses
|
||
the appropriate configuration for the respective format.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Special Document Classes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
A&A Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Peter Sütterlin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission
|
||
to the scientific journal
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astronomy and Astrophysics
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(www.edpsciences.fr/aa/
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) using Version 5.01 of the document class
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aa.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This package can be downloaded from the ftp site
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to
|
||
replace the original manual but is merely a short guide in how to realize
|
||
the correct form of your paper.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer
|
||
to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001.
|
||
That change involved also some slight changes to the style files, namely
|
||
the removal of the thesaurus command.
|
||
The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01.
|
||
If you have an older version installed, please upgrade.
|
||
For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article (A&A V4)
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Please refer to the comments in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Getting started
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX.
|
||
If you are not using a template, note the following settings:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Select
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article (A&A)
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog (OK, that one was obvious).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Don't change the option
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Page
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
style
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Leave it set to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
default
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
The header block
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
First thing to enter is the header information.
|
||
It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional.
|
||
They are
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [required]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subtitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [optional]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [required]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [required]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Offprints
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Mail
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [optional] mail address for contacts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
: [required].
|
||
Suggested format is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Received: <date>; Accepted <date>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is no need to issue the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
maketitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished.
|
||
Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised
|
||
to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout
|
||
of the real document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via the menu
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Footnote.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
LyX will automagically use the term
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thanks{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
in that case.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands
|
||
that have no counterpart in LyX:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\family default
|
||
to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel
|
||
y.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
inst{<nr>}
|
||
\family default
|
||
to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
|
||
The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
field, so you have to put a marker to each author.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email{address}
|
||
\family default
|
||
to supply an email address for fast contact.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX and marked
|
||
as LaTeX code.
|
||
See the examples.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
The abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
|
||
With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there
|
||
is now a resctriction to only one paragraph.
|
||
In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords.
|
||
This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX
|
||
command
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
by hand and mark it as LaTeX code.
|
||
Refer to the example paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Supported environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring
|
||
your text:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsection
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Acknowledgment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Commands not supported by LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some commands are not yet supported by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
paper (A&A)
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout for LyX.
|
||
Some have already been mentioned.
|
||
For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
appendix
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authorrunning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
inst{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
object{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
titlerunning{}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself.
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Figure and Table Floats
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX provides support for the necessary float environments
|
||
\family sans
|
||
figure, figure*, table
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
table*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, therefore we won't tell much about it here.
|
||
Refer to the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
|
||
For that, select the table and change the alignment in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Settings.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure.
|
||
To create such a figure, you have to do the following:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Create a wide figure float:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Figure
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then right click in the figure and select
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
S
|
||
\bar default
|
||
pan
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Enter your caption text.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Press
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Return
|
||
\family default
|
||
to move the cursor above the caption.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Insert your figure
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Special
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Horizontal
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Fill
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Switch to LaTeX mode:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
M-c
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
t
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Enter
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{55mm}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Do not close the brace!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert
|
||
the closing brace:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
M-c
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
t
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Also, refer to the figures in the example paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Referee layout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing
|
||
layout.
|
||
For this purpose, you have to give the option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
referee
|
||
\family default
|
||
to the documentclass.
|
||
This must be done using the extra class options field in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog.
|
||
Just enter the string
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
referee
|
||
\family default
|
||
there.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
The example paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Examples
|
||
\family default
|
||
directory contains an example paper written with LyX.
|
||
It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to
|
||
LyX.
|
||
Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way
|
||
of writing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AASTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Mike Ressler
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society
|
||
to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they
|
||
publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
|
||
the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society
|
||
of the Pacific.
|
||
LyX has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents,
|
||
especially given its equation, citation, and figure handling capabilities.
|
||
LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros; preferably 5.2, which
|
||
is the version described here, or higher.
|
||
Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally
|
||
incompatible with LyX.
|
||
The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AASTeX Web site
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize
|
||
yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX.
|
||
LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it
|
||
will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
|
||
It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document
|
||
conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are
|
||
submitting your paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Starting a New Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file.
|
||
Click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New from
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Template
|
||
\family default
|
||
, enter the new file name, then choose the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aastex.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template.
|
||
This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
|
||
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) with the correct information.
|
||
Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly
|
||
in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffilmark
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiltext
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the
|
||
template file.
|
||
For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and
|
||
marked as such.
|
||
Such commands are referred to as TeX code, or Evil Red Text.
|
||
I tried to minimize the amount of TeX code needed in an AASTeX document,
|
||
but there is still a bit more required than any of us would like.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Finishing Your Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
|
||
there are a few
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
postprocessing
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Export your paper as a LaTeX file (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Edit the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file with your favorite text editor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove the comment lines before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage...{fontenc}
|
||
\family default
|
||
line if it appears (usually just after
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
}; also remove the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
secnumdepth
|
||
\family default
|
||
line if it appears.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove everything between (and including) the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble
|
||
(which should appear immediately after the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
User specified LaTeX commands
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
comment in the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats
|
||
are correct.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Submit it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Comments On Specific Commands
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands:
|
||
the AASTeX User Guide (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aasguide.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
) gives a good description of each.
|
||
Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide
|
||
and offer comments where necessary.
|
||
So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that work as expected
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section
|
||
they are found in:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
title
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
author
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
affil
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
keywords
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
section
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsubsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.7),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
facility
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.10),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{displaymath}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{equation}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{eqnarray}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{mathletters}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{thebibliography}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
bibitem
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic
|
||
graphicx figure commands (2.14.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{table}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{tabular}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
label
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4, amongst other places),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablerefs
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablecomments
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.17.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{document}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.18).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following style options also work correctly:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
longabstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preprint
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
preprint2
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
eqsecnum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
flushrt
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.4).
|
||
Simply put them in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
box in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that work, but require more comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following items work, but require a little more discussion:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put
|
||
them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
received
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
revised
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ccc
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
cpright
|
||
\family default
|
||
(all from 2.1.3)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks
|
||
in the template file:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slugcomment
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
shorttitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
shortauthors
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.1.5)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3) – can only be used
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
standalone
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
|
||
Use TeX code if you need to embed it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
and
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3) – will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notetoeditor
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.6) – can only be used
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
standalone
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
|
||
Use TeX code if you need to embed it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placetable
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by
|
||
hand
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placefigure
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.8) – same as for
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
placetable
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
acknowledgements
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.9) – will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
appendix
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.11) – will have extra {} after it.
|
||
This should not cause an error.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor
|
||
at the beginning of the text and selecting
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Short Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Short Title
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
inserts an optional argument of the type needed by
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Hopefully it will be renamed someday.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
objectname
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.17.1) – same as
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
for the catalog ID optional parameter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dataset
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.17.1) – same as
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figcaption
|
||
\family default
|
||
for the catalog ID optional parameter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things not implemented, use TeX code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffilmark
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiltext
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.3),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
eqnum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setcounter{equation}
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
figurenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
epsscale
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plotone
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plottwo
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.14.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tableline
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where
|
||
you want it.
|
||
Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenotemark
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.5),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tablenotetext
|
||
\family default
|
||
(2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
objectname
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dataset
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
url
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email
|
||
\family default
|
||
; see above),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
singlespace
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
doublespace
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.1),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onecolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2),
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
twocolumn
|
||
\family default
|
||
(3.2)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things that cannot be implemented
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them.
|
||
They are the references environment (2.13.3), and the deluxetable environment
|
||
(2.15).
|
||
If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in
|
||
a separate file with a text editor, then using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Child
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
to include it in your LyX document.
|
||
See the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aas_sample.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
file to see an example of this.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document
|
||
class.
|
||
When all else fails, do this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX.
|
||
Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into
|
||
a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sample.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Make certain that
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aastex.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
appears in LyX's
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
layouts
|
||
\family default
|
||
folder
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Rerun
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Reconfigure
|
||
\family default
|
||
in LyX, then restart LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Open a regular new file, not from a template.
|
||
Does AASTeX appear in the class list in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able
|
||
to find the AASTeX layout or a message about
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, things haven't been installed correctly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
LaTeX error processing a table
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title.
|
||
This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere
|
||
in the caption/title, then select
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then set the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Alignment
|
||
\family default
|
||
to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Block
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This took care of it for me.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
References
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A couple of things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference
|
||
entries in the text.
|
||
When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is
|
||
\emph on
|
||
no
|
||
\emph default
|
||
space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
type
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Ressler(1992)
|
||
\family default
|
||
, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Ressler (1992)
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
2) Entering the references at all is not obvious.
|
||
The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of
|
||
the document, then mark it as type
|
||
\family sans
|
||
References
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
|
||
Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
|
||
For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
|
||
That will create a new line with its own box, etc.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Including EPS files
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Even though AASTeX provides its own figure commands (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plotone
|
||
\family default
|
||
, for example), I much prefer LaTeX's standard figure commands (with the
|
||
default graphicx).
|
||
You can insert the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
plotone
|
||
\family default
|
||
, etc.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands as TeX code into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never
|
||
have much luck getting the layout right.
|
||
With the standard graphics, LyX will insert a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
usepackage{graphicx}
|
||
\family default
|
||
command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard
|
||
LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text.
|
||
I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stack everything at the end
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
technique.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Things I could have done, but didn't
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a few
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pretty
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
things I could have implemented, but chose not to.
|
||
For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window,
|
||
even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
|
||
Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2
|
||
styles.
|
||
Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript
|
||
mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Final Caveat
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Your mileage may vary.
|
||
I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the
|
||
effort done in LyX; the last 2% was the LaTeX post-processing and a few
|
||
cleanups.
|
||
I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals
|
||
were never aware that there might be a difference.
|
||
So, go forth and publish!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AMS LaTeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
David Johnson
|
||
\noun default
|
||
; updated by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Richard Heck
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical
|
||
papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
|
||
The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be.
|
||
You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for
|
||
each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the
|
||
TeX output).
|
||
That documentation is available on the Web at
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.ams.org
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or by ftp at
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are two basic AMS LaTeX layouts:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
amsart: The standard AMS article format.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS
|
||
classes.
|
||
They do not, in particular, contain any of the `theorem' environments used
|
||
for setting theorems, lemmas, and the like.
|
||
These are contained, instead, in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module, which is loaded by default when you select one of the AMS classes.
|
||
(It can also be used with other classes and can be removed, if you would
|
||
rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (AMS-Extended)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module, which must be loaded manually.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By default, theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout
|
||
the document, but this may be modified by loading the module
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (Order by Section)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or, if you are using
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
book (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, the module
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (Order by Chapter)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
These will number the results as
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $n.m$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second
|
||
refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter).
|
||
Many environments are also available unnumbered.
|
||
These are indicated by an asterisk at the end.
|
||
If you happen to want
|
||
\emph on
|
||
only
|
||
\emph default
|
||
unnumbered results, the module
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (Starred)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
provides that option.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note that these modules do not
|
||
\emph on
|
||
have
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to be used with the AMS classes.
|
||
It is perfectly possible to use the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module, and the others mentioned, with other classes, such as
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
article
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
report
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
book (KOMA-script)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and so forth.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
What these layouts provide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
|
||
In AMS-LaTeX, there is, in fact, an opportunity to define an unlimited
|
||
variety of `theorem' environments.
|
||
However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following environments—as well as the standard environments, such as
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
section
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
—are provided by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
article (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
book (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Address This should be the author's permanent address.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Current
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission,
|
||
if different from the Address.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Email Author's e-mail address
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
URL Author's Web address, if desired.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed
|
||
in the paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and
|
||
described in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Mathematical Reviews
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Dedicatory
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Translator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following environments are provided by both the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (AMS)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
modules, in the latter case in both starred (unnumbered) and unstarred
|
||
(numbered) versions.
|
||
These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (Starred)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Theorem
|
||
This is typically used for the statements of major results.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Corollary*
|
||
This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statement
|
||
s.
|
||
Again, these can be major results.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Lemma
|
||
These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Proposition
|
||
These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory
|
||
being discussed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Conjecture
|
||
These are statements provided without justification, which the author does
|
||
not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Definition*
|
||
Guess what this is for.
|
||
The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Example*
|
||
Used for examples illustrating proven results.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Problem
|
||
It's not really known what this is for.
|
||
You should figure it out.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Exercise*
|
||
Write a description for this one.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Remark
|
||
This environment is also a type of theorem, usually a lesser sort of observation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Claim*
|
||
Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Case
|
||
Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances
|
||
of some condition.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Case
|
||
The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered
|
||
statements.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Proof
|
||
At the end of this environment, a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can
|
||
vary with different styles) is placed.
|
||
If you want to have other environments within this one—for example, Case
|
||
environments—and have the QED symbol appear only after them, then the other
|
||
environments need to be nested within the proof environment.
|
||
See the section
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Nesting Environments
|
||
\emph default
|
||
of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
for information on nesting.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
And these environments are provided by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Theorems (AMS-Extended)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Criterion*
|
||
A required condition.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Algorithm*
|
||
A general procedure to be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Axiom*
|
||
This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Condition*
|
||
Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of
|
||
discussion.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Note*
|
||
Similar to a Remark.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Notation*
|
||
Used for the explanation of, yes, notation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Summary
|
||
Do we really need to tell you?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Acknowledgement*
|
||
Acknowledgement.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Conclusion*
|
||
Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Fact
|
||
Used in a way similar to Proposition, though perhaps lower on the scale.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In addition, the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and AMS
|
||
fonts packages.
|
||
They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
AGU journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
aguplus
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical
|
||
Society.
|
||
It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus
|
||
installed (everything to be found at
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Redefined are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paragraph
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paragraph*
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents
|
||
in the AGU classes are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsubsection
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subsubsubsection*
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Newly defined styles are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Left_Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Received
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revised
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CCC
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PaperId
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
AuthorAddr
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
SlugComment
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati
|
||
on.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I suspect this is still badly incomplete.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New floats
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Planotable
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Plate
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
We also have a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Table_Caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Supported journals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geophysical Research
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jgrga.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
— Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jgrga.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
example and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
aguplus.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Bugs and things to remember
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for
|
||
a new document:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Turn off babel
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
This can be done in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
menu item.
|
||
(AGU articles are always in English, right? So
|
||
\emph on
|
||
don't
|
||
\emph default
|
||
choose a language.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Enter
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
jgrga
|
||
\family default
|
||
into the document's
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Extra Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
field.
|
||
(Yes, this is a bug.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Make sure you use the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
agu.bst
|
||
\family default
|
||
bibliography style, by entering
|
||
\family sans
|
||
agu
|
||
\family default
|
||
into the second field of the BibTeX inset.
|
||
None of the standard styles will do.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Broadway
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Garst Reese
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Broadway is for writing plays.
|
||
The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized.
|
||
This format should be suitable for workshops.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Special problems
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The same as in Hollywood.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Special features
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Insert the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
|
||
The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Paper size and Margins
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following environments are available.
|
||
You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not
|
||
fit otherwise.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Narrative
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z n
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
|
||
First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ACT
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z a
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Automatically numbered.
|
||
On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ACT*
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S at
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Subtitle for
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ACT.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
It is just centered text.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
SCENE
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-S
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Not automatically numbered.
|
||
You supply the number.
|
||
This is because I couldn't figure out how.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
AT_RISE:
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-R
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain
|
||
rises.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z s
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Parenthetical
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z p
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Instructions to the speaker.
|
||
The parentheses are automatically inserted.
|
||
The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play.
|
||
This environment is only used within
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z d
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
What the Speaker says.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CURTAIN
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-C
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
The curtain comes down.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-T
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-A
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_Address
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Hello there.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Dinbrief
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The document class
|
||
\family sans
|
||
dinbrief
|
||
\family default
|
||
can be used to type letters according to German conventions.
|
||
A template file is included in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.../lyx/share/templates
|
||
\family default
|
||
for you to use as a starting point.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
EGS journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
egs
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals.
|
||
The needed
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
egs.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
www.copernicus.org
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received,
|
||
Accepted
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Offsets
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit
|
||
from using the various
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
std*.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
file inclusions.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Elsevier Journals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
See the LyX template file
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
elsarticle.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It contains all infos you need.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Foils [aka
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
]
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:foiltex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Allan Rae
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
|
||
There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
slides class.
|
||
This section documents the latter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
|
||
\size large
|
||
This section documents the class
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
only.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you're looking for the documentation for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (default)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, check out section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:slitex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If your machine doesn't have the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class [
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] installed, you'll probably have to use the default
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class, which isn't quite as good as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Getting Started
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Class
|
||
\family default
|
||
entry in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog.
|
||
There are some settings in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Don't change the options
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Sides
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
on the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog.
|
||
They're ignored by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The default font size is 20
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt with the other options being 17
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt, 25
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt and 30
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The default font is
|
||
\family sans
|
||
sans
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
serif
|
||
\family default
|
||
but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working
|
||
with 35
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mm slides.
|
||
It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Don't bother changing the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Float Placement
|
||
\family default
|
||
settings because they are ignored anyway.
|
||
All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Pagestyle
|
||
\family default
|
||
setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined
|
||
logo.
|
||
See section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:foilfoot"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for more details.
|
||
The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document
|
||
and is
|
||
\emph on
|
||
always
|
||
\emph default
|
||
unnumbered and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
always
|
||
\emph default
|
||
has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
|
||
The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series bold
|
||
empty
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers
|
||
(except footnotes of course).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\series bold
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
\series default
|
||
The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
|
||
No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
foilheadings
|
||
\series default
|
||
Page numbers in lower right corner.
|
||
Additional headers and footers are also shown.
|
||
This is also the default.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
fancy
|
||
\series default
|
||
Gives you access to the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancyheadings
|
||
\family default
|
||
package although its use with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
is discouraged by the writer of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
package because of some potential page layout clashes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Extra Options
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following options may be used in the extra class options in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
35mmSlide
|
||
\series default
|
||
This sets up the page layout for 7.33
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in by 11
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in paper, which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with this medium.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
headrule
|
||
\series default
|
||
Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the
|
||
title page.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
footrule
|
||
\series default
|
||
Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the
|
||
title page.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
dvips
|
||
\series default
|
||
This is automatically set each time you create a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
document.
|
||
This option tells
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape
|
||
foils.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
landscape
|
||
\series default
|
||
Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't
|
||
do any rotation.
|
||
Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate
|
||
each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
|
||
Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
leqno
|
||
\series default
|
||
Equation numbers on the left.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
fleqn
|
||
\series default
|
||
Flush-left equations.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Supported Environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported
|
||
by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
There are several additional environments provided by
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
as well as a couple added by LyX.
|
||
The following environments are shared with other classes:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bibliography
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
RightAddress
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
|
||
Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body,
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortFoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortRotatefoilhead
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
and the differences will be explained in the next section.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lemma
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Corollary
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proposition
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Definition
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proof
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Theorem*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lemma*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Corollary*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Proposition*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Definition*
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
|
||
There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TickList
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CrossList
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set
|
||
in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
|
||
If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to
|
||
do so is at the very top of a foil, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\emph on
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
straight after the foilhead.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\shape default
|
||
]:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{multicols}{2}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
My
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Logo
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Restriction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Footer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Header
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Left
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Header
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{multicols}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are also a few commands provided by
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do and
|
||
how to use them in section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:unsuppfoils"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Building a Set of Foils
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments
|
||
to build a set of foils.
|
||
If you want to see an example set of foils, take a look at the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Foils.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
file you find in LyX's
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
examples
|
||
\family default
|
||
folder.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Give It a Title Page
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Unlike other classes that provide
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
creates the title on a page of its own.
|
||
If you leave out the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate
|
||
the output).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Start a New Foil
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil.
|
||
For portrait foils you should use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortFoilhead.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between
|
||
the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Landscape foils are generated using the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Rotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ShortRotatefoilhead
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments.
|
||
Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
|
||
Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead
|
||
and the body.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that
|
||
you have to use the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated.
|
||
It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
dvips
|
||
\family default
|
||
driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme
|
||
nts directly following each other.
|
||
They must be separated by something.
|
||
If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you
|
||
had merged the two environments together.
|
||
So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert
|
||
some text between the two environments or add a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment between the two with just a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in it.
|
||
This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the
|
||
correct LaTeX output.
|
||
An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution.
|
||
Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the
|
||
same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Lists
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as
|
||
well as two new ones.
|
||
I'll only describe the new ones here.
|
||
If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out
|
||
the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide.
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Bullet
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Selection
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog described above in section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:bullet"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The two new list styles,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TickList
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CrossList
|
||
\family default
|
||
, are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts
|
||
or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick
|
||
or a cross as the label of the list.
|
||
These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment.
|
||
They do however require that you have the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
psnfss
|
||
\family default
|
||
packages installed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Figures and Tables
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where
|
||
they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or
|
||
to some user specified location.
|
||
In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Page Headers and Footers
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:foilfoot"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
My
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Logo
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Restriction
|
||
\family default
|
||
are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
|
||
The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils
|
||
and defaults to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
-Typeset by
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
-
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Confidential.
|
||
It is empty by default.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The remaining page corners can be filled by
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Footer
|
||
\family default
|
||
(which defaults to page numbers),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
(top right) and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Left
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Header
|
||
\family default
|
||
(top left).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Unsupported
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
Goodies
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:unsuppfoils"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment or as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
within another environment.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Lengths
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All lengths are adjusted using the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lengthname
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
newlength
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
Where
|
||
\emph on
|
||
lengthname
|
||
\emph default
|
||
should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
newlength
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is the length value.
|
||
All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
in
|
||
\family default
|
||
), millimeters (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mm
|
||
\family default
|
||
) or points (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
pt
|
||
\family default
|
||
) or relative to some document or font-based length such as
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the
|
||
foil by adjusting the length specified by
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foilheadskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
For example, to make
|
||
\emph on
|
||
all
|
||
\emph default
|
||
foilheads 0.5
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovefloatskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
Separation between the text and the top of the float
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovecaptionskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
Separation between the float and the caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
belowcaptionskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
Separation between the caption and the following text
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
captionwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting
|
||
this length.
|
||
Best done relative to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful
|
||
if you have a long title or several authors:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
abovetitleskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
Separation from headers to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
titleauthorskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
between
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authorauthorskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
between multiple
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
lines
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
authordateskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
between the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
dateabstractskip
|
||
\family default
|
||
between the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Abstract
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The last length related command affects all the list environments.
|
||
If you place
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
zerolistvertdimens
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
inside
|
||
\emph default
|
||
a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items
|
||
is removed.
|
||
Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
like the stuff mentioned above.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Headers and Footers
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOn
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands control whether the logo in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
MyLogo
|
||
\family default
|
||
definition appear on a given page.
|
||
If you put
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
|
||
If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOff
|
||
\family default
|
||
directly after the foilhead of that page and the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
LogoOn
|
||
\family default
|
||
directly after the next foilhead.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you decide to use the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancy
|
||
\family default
|
||
page style setting in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog you should probably add
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
let
|
||
\backslash
|
||
headwidth
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth
|
||
\family default
|
||
to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly
|
||
placed when rotated.
|
||
This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
fancyheadings
|
||
\family default
|
||
package and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Garst Reese
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
rite of passage.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and
|
||
familiar for the actors to read.
|
||
Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
|
||
Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
|
||
The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
|
||
No italics.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Special problems
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence.
|
||
If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
title followed by (Cont'd).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Special features
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Insert the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
|
||
The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
|
||
You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Paper size and Margins
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following environments are available.
|
||
You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Used where nothing else works.
|
||
Try to avoid it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FADE_IN
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
M-z S-I
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Usually followed by something like
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
on Sally waking up.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
INT:
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z i
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
|
||
Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting
|
||
required.
|
||
Everthing on this line in CAPS.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
EXT:
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z e
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
|
||
Everthing on this line in CAPS.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z s
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
The character speaking.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Parenthetical
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z p
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Instructions to the speaker.
|
||
The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX.
|
||
Both will be printed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dialogue
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z d
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
What the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Speaker
|
||
\family default
|
||
says.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Transition
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z t
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Camera movement instruction.
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
CUT TO:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FADE OUT:
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-I
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-A
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z S-T
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Right_Address
|
||
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
M-z r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Script jargon
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
(O.S) — off screen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
(V.0) — voice over
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
b.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
— background
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
C.U.
|
||
— close-up
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
PAN — camera movement
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
INSERT — cut to close-up of
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
ijmpc and ijmpd
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Panayotis Papasotiriou
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript
|
||
submission to the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
International Journal of Modern Physics C
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Similarly, the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted
|
||
to the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
International Journal of Modern Physics D
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
Both journals are published by World Scientific.
|
||
The corresponding document classes are named
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpc.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpd.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, respectively.
|
||
These files, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded
|
||
from the sites
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Both packages are modified versions of the standard
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
article
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package, and they are almost (but not exactly) identical.
|
||
Most of their features are supported by LyX.
|
||
I have used LyX successfully to write articles submitted to both journals
|
||
without any problem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Writing a paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
|
||
Click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New from
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
emplate
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then choose the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpc.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpd.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template.
|
||
This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
|
||
fields found in a manuscript.
|
||
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) with your text.
|
||
You should keep in mind the following remarks.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
|
||
because such modifications are not allowed by both packages.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The language of the document should not be changed.
|
||
Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used.
|
||
To do this, click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
, select the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lang Opts
|
||
\family default
|
||
tab, deselect the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Use babel
|
||
\family default
|
||
checkbox in the language settings, and click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Apply
|
||
\family default
|
||
(or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Save
|
||
\family default
|
||
, if you wish to make this change permanent).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Keywords
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
style must be used to define keywords.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The ijmpc package provides a style named
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Classification Codes
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which can be used to define classification codes, such as PACS numbers.
|
||
Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Several new environments are available:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Definition
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Step
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Example
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Remark
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Notation
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Proof
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Corollary
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Lemma
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Proposition
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Prop
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Question
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Claim
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Conjecture
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Their use is more or less obvious.
|
||
LyX supports all these environments; it will use the proper label, text
|
||
style, and numbering scheme for each of them.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Both packages use basic citations; the natbib package should not be used.
|
||
In LyX, citation references are shown as usual; in the output, citations
|
||
are shown as superscripts.
|
||
If you want to use a citation as normal text, you should use the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
refcite
|
||
\family default
|
||
command, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
See Ref.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
refcite{key}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
There is no
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Acknowledgments
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section in both packages.
|
||
To put acknowledgments, just use the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Section*
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
environment.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Appendices may be added to the paper,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
after
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the Acknowledgments and
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
before
|
||
\shape default
|
||
the References.
|
||
LyX provides a special environment, called
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Appendices Section
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
which marks the beginning of the appendices.
|
||
This environment should be left blank; it just sends a LaTeX command, but
|
||
nothing is really printed.
|
||
In LyX, the word
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Appendix
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is printed with blue letters, as a signal that all sections after that
|
||
point are appendices.
|
||
To write an appendix, use the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Appendix
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
environment.
|
||
LyX will number each appendix with capital letters, as required by both
|
||
journals.
|
||
Note that
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Appendices Section
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
must
|
||
\emph default
|
||
be present before the first appendix; if not, all appendices will be numbered
|
||
as normal sections in the output.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tbl
|
||
\family default
|
||
command to implement table captions.
|
||
As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption
|
||
is ignored.
|
||
However, you can use some TeX code to overcome this problem, so that captions
|
||
are printed as expected.
|
||
To do so, create a float table as usual, remove the caption, and replace
|
||
it with the TeX code
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
tbl{
|
||
\emph on
|
||
your table caption
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
(sic); you must also the TeX code
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
immediately after the tabular material.
|
||
Study the example table included in the template files to see how this
|
||
trick is implemented.
|
||
Alternatively, If you need table captions, you should implement the whole
|
||
table float in a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file, then include this file to the LyX document (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Child
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpc.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ws-ijmpd.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
, included in the corresponding packages.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Preparing a paper for submission
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX
|
||
file (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Actually you have the choice between LaTeX (plain) and pdflatex.
|
||
If you intend to use pdflatex to prepare the paper, you should use the
|
||
pdflatex option so that included graphics are converted to PDF format,
|
||
ready for use by pdflatex.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, then make the following changes to the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Remove the comment lines before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Remove everything between (and including) the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The modified
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary.
|
||
You may also want to check the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Use of TeX code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The use of TeX code is reduced to two commands, which must be placed at
|
||
the top of the document.
|
||
If you started writing your paper by using the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpc.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
or the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ijmpd.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template, the TeX code needed is already in its place; you usually don't
|
||
need to delete it.
|
||
You may only modify the first TeX code to specify the information printed
|
||
to the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title,
|
||
respectively).
|
||
This TeX code must have the form
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
iopart
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Uwe Stöhr
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The iopart package provides a document class to create electronic manuscript
|
||
submission to the journals published by the Institute of Physics.
|
||
Instructions for the authors how to create a paper using the iopart class
|
||
can be downloaded together with the iopart package from the site
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Writing a paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the file
|
||
\emph on
|
||
IOP-article.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
that is available in LyX's examples files folder.
|
||
Open this file, save it under a new name, and start writing.
|
||
The example file explains how to use the special text environments.
|
||
Here are the most important advices:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
To be able to compile your document to a PDF, PS, or DVI, ensure that the
|
||
two options
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Use AMS math package
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the document settings under
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Math Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
are not used!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\size normal
|
||
The title environment defines the kind of your paper.
|
||
So use one of the following environments for the title:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Review
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Review
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Topical
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Topical review
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Comment
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Paper
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Paper (same as Title)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Prelim
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Preliminary communication
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Rapid
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Rapid communication
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\size normal
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
for a Letter to the editor
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\size normal
|
||
All title environments except of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
can have an optional short title.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
There is a general title environment
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Article
|
||
\family default
|
||
which is not directly supported by the LyX.
|
||
This can be used as TeX code when your document doesn't fit into one of
|
||
the other title types.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For more informations like hints for special table and formula formatting,
|
||
look at the IOP author guidelines.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Kluwer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Panayotis Papasotiriou
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers
|
||
that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they
|
||
publish.
|
||
Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astrophysics and Space Science
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Solar Physics
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, but there are many others (see a complete list at
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be
|
||
downloaded separately).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX supports many features of the package but not everything.
|
||
However, the TeX code needed is reduced to some
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
peculiar
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands of the package (see
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Astrophysics and Space Science
|
||
\emph default
|
||
without any problem.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Writing a paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file.
|
||
Click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New from
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Template
|
||
\family default
|
||
, then choose the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kluwer.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template.
|
||
This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
|
||
fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use.
|
||
As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the
|
||
brackets,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
<>
|
||
\family default
|
||
) with the correct information.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Preparing a paper for submission
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you
|
||
must
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
postprocess
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
it as follows.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Export your paper as a LaTeX file.
|
||
To do this, click on
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Edit the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file with a text editor and make the following changes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove the comment lines before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
command,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
remove everything between (and including) the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatletter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
makeatother
|
||
\family default
|
||
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Save the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Run the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
View the resulting
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.dvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
document using, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
xdvi
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and check if everything is OK (it should, if you didn't make any mistake).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Peculiarities
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of the Kluwer package
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The Kluwer package has the following
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
peculiarities
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
I can't imagine any good reason to do this.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Each article must be included in the environment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
article
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just
|
||
one article.
|
||
Therefore, each article starts with the command
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{article}
|
||
\family default
|
||
and, obviously, ends with the command
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{article}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it
|
||
looks ugly and can confuse the novice user.
|
||
Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code
|
||
(the well-known
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
TeX code
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Information given at the beginning of the article (i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
title, subtitle, author, institution, running title, running author, abstract
|
||
and keywords) must be included in an environment called
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
opening
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
between two TeX code lines (
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{opening}
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{opening}
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be
|
||
written as
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
protect
|
||
\backslash
|
||
citeauthoryear{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
author(s)
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
\emph on
|
||
year
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
kluwer.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
template takes care of all these
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
peculiarities
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything
|
||
special.
|
||
Just
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
don't delete the TeX code included in the template, and
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it
|
||
as necessary to enter new bibliography items.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Koma-Script
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Bernd Rellermeyer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LyX document classes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
correspond to the LaTeX document classes
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrartcl.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrreprt.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrbook.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of the Koma-Script family.
|
||
They are replacements for the standard document classes
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
report.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
book.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
letter.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of
|
||
points.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Standard character size is 11pt in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and 12pt in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements
|
||
of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new
|
||
ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings.
|
||
In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
|
||
Here the LaTeX package
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmsd.sty by
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\shape smallcaps
|
||
Walter Schmidt
|
||
\shape default
|
||
helps to produce the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
usual
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
appearance when using the ec fonts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering
|
||
of section headings, that is without the extra line
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a
|
||
number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Extra
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
of the dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area
|
||
are the options
|
||
\family sans
|
||
BCOR
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
DIV
|
||
\family default
|
||
(in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options
|
||
of the dialog
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of
|
||
additional commands.
|
||
Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding
|
||
paragraph types.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Detailed descriptions of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family
|
||
can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(German) and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguien
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(English).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The document classes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
are implemented in the layout files
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrartcl.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrreprt.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrbook.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp.
|
||
They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
|
||
classes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\family default
|
||
-type, which is replaced by the new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
-type having the same functionality.
|
||
Beside the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
-Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
|
||
They are
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
part of
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addpart, Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
: are equivalents to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Part*, Chapter*
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addpart
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
are not contained in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap*
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec*
|
||
\family default
|
||
: behave exactly as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp., additionally clearing running heads.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap*
|
||
\family default
|
||
is not contained in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
There is also an
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addpart*
|
||
\family default
|
||
command in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, but since this is identical to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Part*
|
||
\family default
|
||
, is has not been implemented in LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Minisec
|
||
\family default
|
||
: generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard
|
||
character size without affecting the structure of the document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Captionabove
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Captionbelow
|
||
\family default
|
||
are special captions which respect the different space settings needed
|
||
for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic
|
||
rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table).
|
||
You can also use the class option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tablecaptionsabove
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which will switch
|
||
\family sans
|
||
caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
captionabove
|
||
\family default
|
||
for tables and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
captionbelow
|
||
\family default
|
||
for figures.
|
||
You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dictum
|
||
\family default
|
||
: can be used to set a bonmot, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
at the beginning of a chapter.
|
||
If you use the optional argument (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Short
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
), you can insert the dictum's author there.
|
||
Dictum and author are separated by a line.
|
||
You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dictum
|
||
\family default
|
||
is not contained in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following types, together with the standard types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, form the title area of the document.
|
||
They must be entered ahead of the first
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ordinary
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
paragraph.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
maketitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the
|
||
former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid.
|
||
The order of the different types however has, like
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
) for the subject of the document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Publishers
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
) for the publishers' name.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Dedication
|
||
\family default
|
||
: in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or
|
||
in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Publishers
|
||
\family default
|
||
) for a dedication.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Titlehead
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
) for a document`s head.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Uppertitleback
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces in a double-sided print in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no
|
||
effect in a single-sided print or in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Lowertitleback
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces in a double-sided print in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has
|
||
no effect in a single-sided print or in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Extratitle
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a special
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dirty
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special
|
||
formatting.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The layout files for the document classes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
do include the file
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrmacros.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
|
||
Copy scrmacros
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
The document class
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is implemented in the layout file
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
|
||
class
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
, partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\family default
|
||
type, which is replaced by the new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Labeling
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the
|
||
standard types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled
|
||
by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting
|
||
of name and address, is quite self-willed.
|
||
An
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ordinary
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
firsthead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromname
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromaddress}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
nexthead{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parbox[b]{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
textwidth}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromname
|
||
\backslash
|
||
hfill
|
||
\backslash
|
||
ignorespaces
|
||
\backslash
|
||
pagename
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thepage}}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the
|
||
Koma-Script documentation
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter.
|
||
To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter
|
||
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
L
|
||
\shape default
|
||
or
|
||
\shape italic
|
||
O
|
||
\shape default
|
||
, resp.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the left margin.
|
||
It is possible to write any number of letters in one file.
|
||
An
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
type produces a new addressee.
|
||
The types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PS
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CC
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Encl
|
||
\family default
|
||
are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one
|
||
and the same letter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning
|
||
of the letter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a
|
||
new letter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for a close.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
PS
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for a postscript.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
CC
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for a distribution list.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Encl
|
||
\family default
|
||
: produces a paragraph for enclosures.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Backaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Specialmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Location
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will
|
||
be processed by the document class.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
described above are not such input types as well.
|
||
Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented
|
||
them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
|
||
Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
type and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
type had such a serious different appearance.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The types must be used ahead of the corresponding
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make
|
||
sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only
|
||
depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors.
|
||
For example, a signature entered in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only,
|
||
when in the same letter also a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used.
|
||
The entered value of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at
|
||
all.
|
||
The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated
|
||
in a footnote above.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs.
|
||
This makes sense e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
If the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used as signature, whereas if an empty
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used, no signature value is defined.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing
|
||
filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty
|
||
input types for other dates you want to enter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
: sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph
|
||
in small caps in the letter`s heading.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
: sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
If no
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Signature
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used, the value of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
type appears instead.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
: sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph
|
||
in the letter`s heading below the sender's name.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Telephone
|
||
\family default
|
||
: sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX
|
||
variable
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
telephonenum
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
: place of the letter`s making.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
: date of the letter`s making.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
, in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned
|
||
line below the addressee's field.
|
||
If an empty
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of
|
||
the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
If no
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Backaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
: sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's
|
||
field in a small sans serif font.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Specialmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
: special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined
|
||
above the addressee's field below the back address.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Location
|
||
\family default
|
||
: additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side
|
||
below the addressee`s field.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
: the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans
|
||
serif font above the subject.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Subject
|
||
\family default
|
||
: the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font
|
||
above the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
paragraph.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Myref
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Customer
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Invoice
|
||
\family default
|
||
produce a business letter like line above the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
line containing the fields
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Your ref.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Your letter of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Our ref.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Customer no.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Invoice no.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Date
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For the date field, the value of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Date
|
||
\family default
|
||
type is used.
|
||
If one of these
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
business letter types
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is used, the value of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Place
|
||
\family default
|
||
type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
fromplace
|
||
\family default
|
||
is set.
|
||
The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the
|
||
addressee`s field is suppressed.
|
||
The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must
|
||
be used ahead of the corresponding
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
type.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourref
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Your ref.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Yourmail
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Your letter of.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Myref
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Our ref.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Customer
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Customer no.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Invoice
|
||
\family default
|
||
: Invoice no.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Jürgen Spitzmüller
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlttr2
|
||
\family default
|
||
which supersedes the now unsupported
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It has — on the LaTeX side — a completely new interface and is not compatible
|
||
with the old class.
|
||
Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended you use the new
|
||
class.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This class covers the same functionality as
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter (koma-script),
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and a few more.
|
||
The basic items are
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
(receiver's address, same as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Letter
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the old layout),
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Opening
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Closing
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
NextAddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
will start a new letter (i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
you can write several letters per document).
|
||
New elements are sender's
|
||
\family sans
|
||
E-Mail
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
URL
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Fax
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Bank
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the possibility to use a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Logo
|
||
\family default
|
||
(via
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Graphics
|
||
\family default
|
||
) in the header.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable
|
||
to meet almost any needs.
|
||
This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter
|
||
Class Option, extension
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
*.lco
|
||
\family default
|
||
), that will be read in as a class option.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The KOMA package comes with some default
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
*.lco
|
||
\family default
|
||
files.
|
||
There is, for instance, a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
DIN.lco
|
||
\family default
|
||
file that follows german typesetting rules, or a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
KOMAold.lco
|
||
\family default
|
||
that provides the default layout of the old
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
scrlettr
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
The latter can be loaded with the class option
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
KOMAold
|
||
\family default
|
||
, inserted via the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
L
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
D
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Extra Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
field.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Have a look at the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
koma-letter2
|
||
\emph default
|
||
template that is included in LyX for examples.
|
||
A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation
|
||
(
|
||
\emph on
|
||
scrguide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Problems
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause
|
||
some problems.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The chapter number of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Chapter
|
||
\family default
|
||
type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of
|
||
appearing in the same line ahead of it.
|
||
The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Counter_Chapter
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the layout file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The headings of the types
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addchap
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Addsec
|
||
\family default
|
||
are only put in the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
true
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Table
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Contents
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The paragraphs in a
|
||
\emph on
|
||
letter
|
||
\emph default
|
||
document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented.
|
||
This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for
|
||
that.
|
||
But in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog the corresponding radio button indicates
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Indent
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
A
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Skip
|
||
\family default
|
||
value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the
|
||
document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Memoir
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Jürgen Spitzmüller
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Overview
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
|
||
It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
|
||
Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of
|
||
his document.
|
||
Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the
|
||
article class (see below).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of
|
||
useful packages in the LaTeX world.
|
||
Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
|
||
Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices,
|
||
chapter designs and such.
|
||
LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively.
|
||
Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
You are invited to send suggestions to
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, lots will probably never be supported, due to the limitations of LyX's
|
||
framework.
|
||
Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX
|
||
commands (TeX code
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Cf.
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
In this section, we can only list those features that are natively supported
|
||
by LyX.
|
||
For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you
|
||
have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Cf.
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive
|
||
description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting
|
||
itself.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Basic features and restrictions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
|
||
There are, however, some differences, as follows:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Font
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Page
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash between
|
||
Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same
|
||
name, which confuses LaTeX).
|
||
Instead, Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Page
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Style
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chapterstyle
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the main text or in preamble (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
chapterstyle{companion}
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) come with an
|
||
optional argument in the standard classes.
|
||
With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the
|
||
table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long).
|
||
In LyX, you can do this via
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Short
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Title
|
||
\family default
|
||
at the beginning of a chapter/section.
|
||
Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table
|
||
of contents from the header.
|
||
You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text,
|
||
one for the table of contents, and one for the headers.
|
||
Simply insert two optional arguments if you need this feature, the first
|
||
one containing the short title for the Table of Contents, the second one
|
||
containing an alternative short title for the headers.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table
|
||
of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page
|
||
automatically.
|
||
Memoir does not follow this route.
|
||
You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title
|
||
page (in the standard classes, title pages are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
empty
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
If you want an empty title page, type
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the preamble.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Article: With the class option
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article
|
||
\emph default
|
||
(to be inserted in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Extra
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
), you can emulate article style.
|
||
That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on
|
||
new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are—in contrary to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
real
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
article classes—still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as in
|
||
book.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated
|
||
font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
rm
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
it
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears.
|
||
The class option
|
||
\emph on
|
||
oldfontcommands
|
||
\emph default
|
||
reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least
|
||
not stop LaTeX).
|
||
Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using
|
||
those commands, we have decided to use this option by default.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Extra features
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently
|
||
).
|
||
Please consult the Memoir manual
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Cf.
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
|
||
Well, it is in book class.
|
||
Usually books don't have abstracts.
|
||
Memoir, however, has.
|
||
You can use it wherever and how often you like.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Chapterprecis: You may know this older typesetting style: The contents of
|
||
a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents
|
||
(e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others
|
||
\emph default
|
||
).
|
||
Chapterprecis does exactly this.
|
||
It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
|
||
The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a
|
||
motto.
|
||
The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short
|
||
line.
|
||
Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment
|
||
needs two arguments (text and source).
|
||
In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two
|
||
arguments:
|
||
\emph on
|
||
<smart slogan>
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
}{
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
<author of the slogan>.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very
|
||
complex figurative poems).
|
||
LyX can only support a few of them.
|
||
One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also
|
||
be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for
|
||
poems.
|
||
Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use TeX code,
|
||
because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which
|
||
is not possible with LyX).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
|
||
\begin_inset Argument status
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mw
|
||
\family default
|
||
Classes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Tomasz Luczak
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LyX document classes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
article (mwart)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
,
|
||
\emph on
|
||
report (mwrep)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
and
|
||
\emph on
|
||
book
|
||
\emph default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
(mwbk)
|
||
\emph default
|
||
correspond to the LaTeX document classes
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwart.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwrep.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
mwbk.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp.
|
||
They are replacements for the standard document classes
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
article.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
report.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
book.cls
|
||
\family default
|
||
, resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Basic differences:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Unnumbered titles (with star, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section*
|
||
\family default
|
||
) are added into table of contents,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Additional page styles:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
uheadings header with separated lines,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markright
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
markboth
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
outer page number is placed on outer side of page
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Options
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
rmheadings serif titles — default,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
sfheadings sansserif titles,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
authortitle on title page first placed is author next title — default,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Paper
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The document class
|
||
\family sans
|
||
paper
|
||
\family default
|
||
provides an alternative to the standard
|
||
\family sans
|
||
article
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with
|
||
sans serif sections, headings, and more.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
RevTeX4
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Amir Karger
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
release of May, 1999) class.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX has a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex
|
||
\family default
|
||
textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1.
|
||
However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09.
|
||
That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires
|
||
LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work.
|
||
Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e,
|
||
LyX with the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
RevTeX
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These documents are supposed to be used in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
addition
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX
|
||
macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Installation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README
|
||
file.
|
||
The package can be found at The RevTeX 4 Web Site
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it.
|
||
Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory
|
||
(i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure
|
||
LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 textclass.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document
|
||
using
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
, or to use the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revtex
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
4
|
||
\family default
|
||
template, found in the templates directory.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Preamble Matter
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Optional arguments to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
documentclass
|
||
\family default
|
||
, like
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
preprint
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
aps
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, go in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
E
|
||
\bar under
|
||
x
|
||
\bar default
|
||
tra
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Options
|
||
\family default
|
||
field in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog, as usual.
|
||
Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Other preamble matter, like
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
draft
|
||
\family default
|
||
etc.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
goes in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Preamble
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog, also as usual.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Layouts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0.
|
||
For example, the Email layout corresponds to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
email{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
In case you're curious, both were included so that
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
tex2lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
would be able to translate both
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
address
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Important Notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause
|
||
bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In RevTeX, the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
command goes
|
||
\emph on
|
||
outside
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
author
|
||
\family default
|
||
command.
|
||
The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
|
||
Do
|
||
\emph on
|
||
not
|
||
\emph default
|
||
write footnotes in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout, or weird things may happen.
|
||
See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Also, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Email
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
URL
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
layouts must be placed
|
||
\emph on
|
||
in between
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Author
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout and the corresponding
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
(or equivalent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Affiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
) layout.
|
||
If you put the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Thanks
|
||
\family default
|
||
after the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Address
|
||
\family default
|
||
, the LaTeX won't compile.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Drawbacks
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments
|
||
to layouts like Email and Title.
|
||
(The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments
|
||
to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file
|
||
to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll
|
||
need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments
|
||
to set, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
the running title for the page headers.
|
||
Lacking these layouts makes the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaffiliation
|
||
\family default
|
||
(and the equivalent
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
altaddress
|
||
\family default
|
||
) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be
|
||
added by hand.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Note from JMarc:
|
||
\emph default
|
||
actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout
|
||
has not been updated yet to take advantage of it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Springer Journals (
|
||
\family sans
|
||
svjour
|
||
\family default
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer
|
||
Verlag and listed on
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e
|
||
now!).
|
||
It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented
|
||
in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjour.inc
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
for Journal of Geodesy) can include.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this
|
||
list is as simple as writing your own
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
sv
|
||
\family default
|
||
<myjournal>
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
file following the outline given in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy.
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjour
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog
|
||
\family default
|
||
come with the standard LyX distribution.
|
||
Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper
|
||
directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
texhash
|
||
\family default
|
||
, as root if necessary — doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure LyX
|
||
and it should work.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
New styles
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A large number of theorem-like styles —
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Claim, Conjecture,
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
Theorem
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute,
|
||
Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
See the Springer class file documentation for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Supported journals
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Journal of Geodesy
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svjog.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
— Martin Vermeer
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Probability Theory and Related Fields
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svprobth.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
— Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Add your own, it isn't so hard!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Credits
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These files are partly based on the older
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2.layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style
|
||
file from Springer.
|
||
All this, and the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2
|
||
\family default
|
||
layout, are now defunct.
|
||
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the
|
||
LyX layout file mechanism.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Bugs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Probably.
|
||
But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ejour2
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Limitations e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just #.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Slides [aka
|
||
\noun on
|
||
SliTeX
|
||
\noun default
|
||
]
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:slitex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
John Weiss
|
||
\noun default
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
|
||
There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
FoilTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
slides class.
|
||
This section documents the former.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
|
||
\size large
|
||
This section documents the class
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (default)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
only.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you're looking for the documentation for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, check out section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:foiltex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class [
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (FoilTeX)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] is actually somewhat better than the default
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class,
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates.
|
||
Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
which this section documents.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old
|
||
\noun on
|
||
SliTeX
|
||
\noun default
|
||
package.
|
||
Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to
|
||
as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from now on], so you're bound to have it.
|
||
As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as
|
||
\family sans
|
||
foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
, which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job
|
||
at it.
|
||
However, there are some things which
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays.
|
||
Read on to learn more!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Getting Started
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:slidesetup"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides (default)
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from the class list in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog.
|
||
There are some other special things you should know about this class:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Don't bother changing the options
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Sides and Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
They're not supported by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class, anyways.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The option
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Page
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
style
|
||
\family default
|
||
behaves a bit differently for this class.
|
||
The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
headings
|
||
\family default
|
||
Like
|
||
\family sans
|
||
plain
|
||
\family default
|
||
, but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
|
||
This is the default.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
empty
|
||
\family default
|
||
The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class has an extra option:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
To use it, put
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the extra class options.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Using this options allows you to add time markers to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
See section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:slideNote"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for more details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also use the template file
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
slides.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to automatically set up a document to use the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class [using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Template
|
||
\family default
|
||
to open your new document].
|
||
The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph
|
||
environments used by this class.
|
||
I'll describe those next.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Paragraph Environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Supported Environments
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Largest
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Sans
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Serif
|
||
\family default
|
||
font.
|
||
This is also what's used in the output.
|
||
Think of this as a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
visual cue
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to remind you that this is a slide.
|
||
Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space.
|
||
Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment
|
||
pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
|
||
Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
|
||
There are also five new ones.
|
||
That's because the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Itemize
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Enumerate
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Description
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
List
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quotation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Quote
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Verse
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Comment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen
|
||
ts, aren't used in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
These five are kind of quirky, due to a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
feature
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in LyX.
|
||
You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment
|
||
into an empty environment.
|
||
Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start
|
||
a slide with anything except plain text.
|
||
To deal with this, I've performed a little
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX magic.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Quirks of the New Environments
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:slideQuirk"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent
|
||
limitiations in the current version of LyX.
|
||
As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme
|
||
nt.
|
||
To get around this, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You should consider
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
to be
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pseudo-environments.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
They look like a section heading or a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Caption
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment.
|
||
Likewise, treat
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pseudo-commands.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
These two perform some action.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A common feature of all five environments,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, is a rather long-ish label.
|
||
The text following this label — ordinarily the contents of the paragraph
|
||
environment — is utterly irrelevant for
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
LyX completely ignores it.
|
||
In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
While you don't
|
||
\emph on
|
||
have
|
||
\emph default
|
||
to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to.
|
||
This could be a short description of the contents of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, for example.
|
||
In that case, enter your descriptive comment and hit
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Return
|
||
\family default
|
||
as you normally would.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter any descriptive text, you'll
|
||
hit another LyX quirk.
|
||
LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph
|
||
environment until you put something in the old one.
|
||
So, do this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Start entering the text that will
|
||
\emph on
|
||
follow
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Next, hit
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Return
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Making a Presentation with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Using the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio
|
||
n, you'll be sorely disappointed.
|
||
Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
|
||
Filling in the contents, however, is up to you.
|
||
[Then again, that
|
||
\emph on
|
||
is
|
||
\emph default
|
||
the LyX philosophy.]
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Choosing the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment [in the manner described in section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:slideQuirk"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh].
|
||
The label for this environment/
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pseudo-command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is an
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in cool blue, followed by the label,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewSlide:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
|
||
It's that simple.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX
|
||
(this can be specified in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paragraph Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog).
|
||
In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
|
||
If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra
|
||
overflows onto a new slide.
|
||
I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have
|
||
any page number on it.
|
||
Furthermore, it may interfere with any
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
you've made to accompany the oversized
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
environments work the same way as the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment.
|
||
They both create an
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
followed by a label [
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewOverlay:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NewNote:
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, respectively].
|
||
The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
ASCII line
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will look different, in style and in length.
|
||
The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As with a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, if the contents of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow
|
||
onto a new sheet.
|
||
Again, you should avoid this.
|
||
It defeats the whole purpose of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The idea behind an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is a slide that sits atop another slide.
|
||
Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
before displaying the text associated with it.
|
||
One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of
|
||
the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
you want to display later.
|
||
This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
|
||
for example.
|
||
You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
|
||
overlapping
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s to align the two graphs.
|
||
The use of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment in both cases makes life much easier.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Each
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
receives the page number of its
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, appended by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Presumably, mutliple
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s would have
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-a
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-b
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-c
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, etc.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
appended to the page number of the parent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Clearly, you want the contents of both the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
as
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
part of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Indeed, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shorter than that at the start of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers
|
||
in all four corners of both the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
page and its parent
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the
|
||
two transparencies.
|
||
How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse
|
||
still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there
|
||
is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try
|
||
and insert vertical space of the right size.
|
||
The better way is to use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As their names imply,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text
|
||
invisible and visible, respectively.
|
||
Note from section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:slideQuirk"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
that you don't place anything
|
||
\emph on
|
||
into
|
||
\emph default
|
||
these two environments, however.
|
||
When you create an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<Invisible Text Follows>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
[or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
, the corresponding centered label is
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<Visible Text Follows>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in blazing green.
|
||
Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
|
||
Note that the beginning of a new
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, or
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
automatically shuts off an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It's therefore not necessary to use
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
at the end of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using
|
||
the proper combination of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
on a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Create a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide
|
||
or on the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, insert an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment.
|
||
If necessary, insert a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
environment after the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
-only text.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Start an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
immediately following the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Copy the contents of this
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
into the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Within the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, change all of the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
lines to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and vice-versa.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
That's it.
|
||
You've just made an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor
|
||
make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
|
||
To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The commands of interest are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
and need to be marked as TeX.
|
||
The text whose
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
visibility
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
invisible
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
visible
|
||
\family default
|
||
command].
|
||
If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the appropriate section
|
||
of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
User's Guide
|
||
\emph default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:slideNote"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Like an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is associated with a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Here, too, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class provides visual cues.
|
||
The label for a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shorter than that of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
[yet longer than that of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
] and, like the label of an
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shockingly magenta.
|
||
Additionally, the printed
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
has the page number of its
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
parent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, appended by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
1
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-
|
||
\family default
|
||
3
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, etc.
|
||
You can have multiple
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s associated with a single
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and, as with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
, you'll probably want to break up long
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The purpose of a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about
|
||
a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers.
|
||
Currently, the LyX
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class has no
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
native
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
support for time markers, a
|
||
\noun on
|
||
SliTeX
|
||
\noun default
|
||
feature.
|
||
So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
clock
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[see section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:slidesetup"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
].
|
||
This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand
|
||
corner of every
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
you generate.
|
||
To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
settime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addtime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
settime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sets the time marker to a given time.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
addtime{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
increments the time marker by the specified amount.
|
||
Using time markers and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula
|
||
r
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There's one last feature to describe.
|
||
Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s on transparencies while printing all of your
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s on plain paper.
|
||
However, a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
must
|
||
\emph default
|
||
follow the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
with which it is associated.
|
||
What's a person to do?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print
|
||
out.
|
||
Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
|
||
The command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
will cause the output to contain only the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
s and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
Correspondingly, the command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
prevents the output of anything but
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
s.
|
||
I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment
|
||
both out.
|
||
You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
|
||
When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select
|
||
what you want to print.
|
||
I like to uncomment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, print to a file with
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and print to a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
*-notes.ps
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.
|
||
I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain
|
||
paper as appropriate.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also provide other arguments to the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands.
|
||
See a good LaTeX book for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
Class Template File
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I have also provided a template file,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
slides.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, with the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
slides
|
||
\family default
|
||
class.
|
||
To use it, begin your new presentation with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
New
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
from
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
emplate
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
–
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
–
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Note
|
||
\family default
|
||
triplet.
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Slide
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Overlay
|
||
\family default
|
||
additionally contain an example of the use of
|
||
\family sans
|
||
InvisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family sans
|
||
VisibleText
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Lastly, the preamble will contain:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlyslides{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
slides}
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
% Uncomment to print out only notes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
%
|
||
\backslash
|
||
onlynotes{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
notes}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\noun on
|
||
SliTeX
|
||
\noun default
|
||
emulation
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes.
|
||
Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this
|
||
built-in slide class.
|
||
It's here if you want it or need it.
|
||
There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Foils
|
||
\family default
|
||
class [see section
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:foiltex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
] or the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
seminar
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
package [present on some TeX distributions].
|
||
The latter is not yet supported under LyX.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
I know nothing about these other classes.
|
||
Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
LyX Features needing Extra Software
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Checking TeX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Asger Alstrup
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
program installed
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
is not yet available when you are using the LaTeX distribution MiKTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, you'll find in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools
|
||
\family default
|
||
menu the entry:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
You can get
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
from CTAN,
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
package is a program that was written by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Jens T.
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Berger Thielemann
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive,
|
||
and easy to forget.
|
||
The program runs over your LaTeX file, checks the integrity of the file,
|
||
and flags some common errors.
|
||
In other technical words, it is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lint
|
||
\family default
|
||
for LaTeX.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce
|
||
correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Lint
|
||
\family default
|
||
not only checks the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
syntax
|
||
\emph default
|
||
of C programs, but also does
|
||
\emph on
|
||
semantic
|
||
\emph default
|
||
checks for type-errors,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
catches some common
|
||
\emph on
|
||
typographic
|
||
\emph default
|
||
errors, in addition to the syntactical ones.
|
||
Specifically,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
is capable of detecting several common errors, such as
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Ellipsis detection:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Use \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
instead of ...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
No space in front of/after parenthesis:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
( wrong spacing )
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
g.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is too wide spacing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a
|
||
capital letter:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This is a TEST.
|
||
And this is wrong spacing.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Space in front of labels and similar commands:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong
|
||
page.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sec:chktex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
The label is separated too much.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
If you have bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text
|
||
and reference number, and that's a pity.
|
||
See section
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sec:chktex"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Use of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
x
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
instead of
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\times$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
between numbers:
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
2x2 looks cheap compared to
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
and more \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
It is an invaluable tool when you are
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
finishing up
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory
|
||
spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
How to use it
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Check
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
TeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
to check it, and then make LyX insert
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
error boxes
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
with the warnings from
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, if there were any.
|
||
The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you
|
||
can quickly find them by using the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Error
|
||
\family default
|
||
menu item, or the shortcut key
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-g
|
||
\family default
|
||
from the default
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cua
|
||
\family default
|
||
bind file.
|
||
Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut
|
||
key
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-i
|
||
\family default
|
||
from
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cua
|
||
\family default
|
||
bindings, or the corresponding
|
||
\family sans
|
||
C-o
|
||
\family default
|
||
for the alternate
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
emacs
|
||
\family default
|
||
bind file.
|
||
Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake.
|
||
If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely
|
||
ignore it.
|
||
Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and
|
||
the technical details in invoking
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just plain silly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should
|
||
provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
|
||
Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false
|
||
alarms, though.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
How to fine tune it
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Sometimes, you'll find that
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
makes more noise than suits your mood.
|
||
Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try
|
||
to customize
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
to get better along with you.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Although
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
is
|
||
\emph default
|
||
very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems
|
||
with
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
in LyX this way.
|
||
Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match
|
||
the line numbers from the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
output
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
You can inspect the specific output from
|
||
\family sans
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
by using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
View
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Log
|
||
\family default
|
||
right after a
|
||
\family sans
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
run.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not appear
|
||
correctly.
|
||
There are two things you can do about this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Fine tune the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
invocation command line in
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
CheckTeX command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, or the global
|
||
\family sans
|
||
ChkTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
installation configuration file (usually with the file
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktexrc
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command
|
||
line.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
and run
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
manually on that.
|
||
Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place
|
||
in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able
|
||
to do it.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
Use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-n#
|
||
\family default
|
||
to disable a warning, and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-w#
|
||
\family default
|
||
to enable a warning.
|
||
The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is
|
||
"
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
|
||
\family default
|
||
".
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
|
||
because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set
|
||
in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
chktex
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Command terminated with space.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Non-breaking space (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
~
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) should have been used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Italic correction (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) found in non-italic buffer.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Italic correction (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) found more than once.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
No italic correction (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Accent command
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
needs use of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Wrong length of dash may have been used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
expected, found
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Solo
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to achieve an ellipsis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Inter-word spacing (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) should perhaps be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Inter-sentence spacing (
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) should perhaps be used.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Could not find argument for command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
No match found for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Number of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
char
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
doesn't match the number of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
char
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use either
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
as an alternative to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should use "
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\family default
|
||
" (ASCII 39) instead of "
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
´
|
||
\family default
|
||
" (ASCII 180).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
User-specified pattern found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
This command might not be intended.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Comment displayed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Either
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
''
|
||
\backslash
|
||
,'
|
||
\family default
|
||
or
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\backslash
|
||
,''
|
||
\family default
|
||
will look better.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You might wish to put this between a pair of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
{}
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Could not execute LaTeX command.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Don't use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
/
|
||
\family default
|
||
in front of small punctuation.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\size small
|
||
$
|
||
\backslash
|
||
times$
|
||
\family default
|
||
may look prettier here.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Multiple spaces detected in output.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
This text may be ignored.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
to begin quotation, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Use
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
'
|
||
\family default
|
||
to end quotation, not
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Don't mix quotes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should perhaps use
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cmd
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
instead.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\emph on
|
||
You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
Double space found.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
You should remove spaces in front of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%s
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is normally not followed by
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
%c
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to
|
||
this tool (and it's smaller cousin
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
lacheck
|
||
\family default
|
||
) to exploit the full power of it.
|
||
But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing
|
||
documents of a certain length and be surprised.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Version Control in LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
|
||
\noun default
|
||
and
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Pavel Sanda
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN commands.
|
||
If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that
|
||
manually in a terminal.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support so we advise
|
||
using SVN instead.
|
||
A good place to start learning Subversion is SVN Book
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In the case of RCS you should read
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
rcsintro
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(a man file, read it with
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man rcsintro
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
|
||
You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the
|
||
notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
,v
|
||
\family default
|
||
).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should
|
||
be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN usage.
|
||
The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN
|
||
package—no guarantees are made for older versions.
|
||
Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations —
|
||
you can check them in the Messages pane if unsure.
|
||
Regular users of version control will appreciate VC toolbar, which can
|
||
be enabled via
|
||
\family sans
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Toolbars\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Version
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For introducing your own external commands consult vc-command in the manual
|
||
of LyX functions.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
RCS commands in LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX.
|
||
You can find them in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Version
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control
|
||
\family default
|
||
submenu.
|
||
LyX was tested against RCS 5.7/5.8
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note that old DOS / MS Windows builds (5.7) need to setup environment variables
|
||
in order to work properly with LyX.
|
||
In particular time zone (TZ) should be set and more importantly RCSINIT
|
||
in order to change default archive location ("SET RCSINIT=-x,v/") --- LyX
|
||
expects archive to be found in file.lyx,v within the original document directory.
|
||
See also README shipped with Windows RCS binaries.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Register
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown
|
||
in the menu.
|
||
And if it is under revision control, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Register
|
||
\family default
|
||
item is not visible.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the
|
||
directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar \@.
|
||
You are asked interactively to supply an initial
|
||
description of the document.
|
||
The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Out
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
For
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Edit
|
||
\family default
|
||
, before making any changes to it.
|
||
A document under revision control has a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
[RCS:<version> <locker>]
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command that is run:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Read
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man ci
|
||
\family default
|
||
to understand the switches.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check In Changes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes.
|
||
When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes.
|
||
This is stored in the history log.
|
||
The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS
|
||
file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check Out For Edit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
|
||
This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
|
||
You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished
|
||
you check in your changes.
|
||
The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
co -q -l <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revert To Repository Version
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check
|
||
in.
|
||
You get a warning before changes are discarded.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
co -f -u<version> <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Undo Last Checkin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This makes as if the last check in never happened.
|
||
No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version
|
||
is removed from the master RCS file.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
RCS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rcs -o<version> <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Show History
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This shows the complete history of the RCS document.
|
||
The output of
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rlog <file-name>
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shown in a browser.
|
||
See
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man rlog
|
||
\family default
|
||
for more info.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Revision info
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX supports RCS version number, author name, date and time of last commit.
|
||
All those are extracted from
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
rlog -r <file-name>
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
For other details see
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sub:VCS-Revision-Information"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for details.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
CVS commands in LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
A subset of CVS operations is supported by LyX.
|
||
You can find the commands in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Version
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control
|
||
\family default
|
||
submenu.
|
||
The version control system SVN is more powerful, so please use it instead
|
||
of CVS if possible.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
General CVS usage
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and
|
||
checkout the working copy with external tools.
|
||
If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing
|
||
the first repository checkout.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same
|
||
repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at
|
||
the same location happen.
|
||
Standard CVS repositories doesn't operate with a file locking mechanism.
|
||
This may be surprising, but conflicts only occur if people disagree on
|
||
the proper content of the same part of a document.
|
||
So, if co-workers are used to communicate regularly, these conflicts occur
|
||
rarely.
|
||
If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway.
|
||
Nevertheless some people like to work with so called
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
reserved checkouts
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out
|
||
first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make
|
||
the working copy writable.
|
||
When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state.
|
||
With LyX one has to edit the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.cvsrc
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file and add the line
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cvs -r
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to work with reserved checkouts.
|
||
The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some
|
||
document.
|
||
It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts.
|
||
If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy
|
||
of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise
|
||
a non-reserved checkout is assumed.
|
||
When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Check Out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to make your working copy writable if it's readonly.
|
||
After doing so the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Check In
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after
|
||
transferring your changes to the repository.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
More information about CVS can be found here
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.nongnu.org/cvs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and here
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://ximbiot.com/cvs
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Read
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man cvs
|
||
\family default
|
||
to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Register
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown
|
||
in the menu.
|
||
And if it is under revision control, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
R
|
||
\bar default
|
||
egister
|
||
\family default
|
||
item is not visible.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This command registers in CVS your document
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Strong
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
only
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control
|
||
(in particular
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
CVS/Entries
|
||
\family default
|
||
file exists).
|
||
This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using
|
||
external tools.
|
||
(In case you forget that step LyX registers the document with RCS.)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the
|
||
document.
|
||
Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
CVS command that is run:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs -q add -m"<entered message>" "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The term
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"<file-name>"
|
||
\family default
|
||
above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
change the current working directory to file location and use the file name
|
||
without path component as argument
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check In Changes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes.
|
||
When you do this and you had changed the document, you are asked for a
|
||
description of the changes.
|
||
After that changes are written to the repository.
|
||
In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected
|
||
the reservation made on
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Check Out
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is undone.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
CVS
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command:
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cvs
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
-q commit -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
or
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cvs -q unedit
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check Out Changes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When you are sharing a repository with others, you may have to incorporate
|
||
their changes into your working copy.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
CVS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs -q update "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and
|
||
reserved.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
CVS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs -q edit "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revert To Repository Version
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check
|
||
in.
|
||
You get a warning before changes are discarded.
|
||
Firstly the file is deleted, secondly CVS update command is run.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
CVS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs -q update "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only
|
||
the reservation is undone.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
CVS command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs -q unedit "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Update of the local directory checkout from repository
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Once your documents gets more complex, containing sub-documents and pictures,
|
||
including external
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files and so on using version control becomes more complicated.
|
||
LyX supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document.
|
||
This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither
|
||
have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit
|
||
additional material to the repository.
|
||
You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are
|
||
in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
|
||
It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Update local directory from repository
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command updates the whole directory.
|
||
If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
|
||
In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts
|
||
are placed in the final document.
|
||
You have to review and correct the result of the merge.
|
||
You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
<<<<<<<
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
>>>>>>>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
separated by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
=======
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The first part is your version as before the update operation with the
|
||
document name prepended.
|
||
The second one is the repository version with the version number after
|
||
the sequence of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
signs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
CVS
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands:
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cd $path; cvs diff
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"."
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(Ask if changes are detected.)
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
cd $path; cvs -q update
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
"."
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stands for the path to the document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Show History
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This shows the complete history of the CVS document.
|
||
The output of
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
cvs log "<file-name>"
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shown in a browser.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
SVN commands in LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN is now partially supported by LyX.
|
||
You can find the commands in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Version
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control
|
||
\family default
|
||
submenu.
|
||
Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via
|
||
ssh, you will be asked in terminal window.
|
||
LyX was tested against SVN 1.5 and 1.6
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too, see
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "sub:SVN-Repo-Update"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Register
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown
|
||
in the menu.
|
||
And if it is under revision control, the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
R
|
||
\bar default
|
||
egister
|
||
\family default
|
||
item is not visible.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already
|
||
the documents directory under SVN control (in particular
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.svn/entries
|
||
\family default
|
||
file exists).
|
||
This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the
|
||
document.
|
||
Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN command that is run:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn add -q
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<file-name>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Read
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
man svn
|
||
\family default
|
||
to understand the switches.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check In Changes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes.
|
||
When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes.
|
||
After that changes are commited.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN command:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
In case locking is not enabled.
|
||
See Section
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn commit -q -m"<description>" <file-name>
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Check Out For Edit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Updates the changes of this file from the repository.
|
||
Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using
|
||
this function, because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you!
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN command:
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Ditto.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn update --non-interactive
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<file-name>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Revert To Repository Version
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check
|
||
in.
|
||
You get a warning before changes are discarded.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN command:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn revert -q
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<file-name>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sub:SVN-Repo-Update"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Update of the local directory checkout from repository
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Note that this command will work only with subversion
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All the commands above have one shortcomming - they deal with the current
|
||
document only.
|
||
Once your document contains pictures, includes external
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.tex
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
files and so on administration becomes more complicated.
|
||
LyX now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are
|
||
in the same directory or subdirectories of the document.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither
|
||
know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional
|
||
material to the repository.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Update local directory from repository
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local
|
||
version of the files are left, so no unintended data loss occurs.
|
||
If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
SVN
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands:
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn diff $path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(Ask if changes are detected.)
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn update --accept mine-full $path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
where
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
$path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
stands for the path to the document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Show History
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This shows the complete history of the SVN document.
|
||
The output of
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn log
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
<file-name>
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
is shown in a browser.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
File Locking
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem
|
||
of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts
|
||
of) document.
|
||
When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable
|
||
alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism, which guarantees
|
||
that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access
|
||
- locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
||
LatexCommand ref
|
||
reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) based on
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn:needs-lock
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file svn property
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
If this property is detected for a given document LyX starts to use SVN
|
||
locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism
|
||
switches to the same regimen as for RCS.
|
||
This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in LyX:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Unlocked state.
|
||
The loaded file is in the read-only mode.
|
||
For editing on needs to check-out.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Check-out
|
||
\emph default
|
||
consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock.
|
||
If the lock is not possible to obtain, we remain in unlocked state.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Locked state.
|
||
The loaded file is in the 'normal' edit mode.
|
||
No other user is allowed to edit the file.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Check-in
|
||
\emph default
|
||
consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock.
|
||
If no changes have been made to the document, no commit will be produced
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and only the write-lock will be released.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
SVN commands:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
Check-in:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn commit -q -m"<description>" "<file-name>"
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
svn unlock "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
Check-out:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn update "<file-name>"
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
svn lock "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Automatic Locking Property
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file
|
||
can be set through
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
V
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ersion
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
T
|
||
\bar default
|
||
oggle locking property
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server
|
||
(i.e.
|
||
you need to check-out before proceeding).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
SVN
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
commands:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
Set:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Labeling
|
||
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
||
Unset:
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn propdel svn:needs-lock "<file-name>"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
||
LatexCommand label
|
||
name "sub:VCS-Revision-Information"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Revision Information in Documents
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our
|
||
document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
LyX supports directly:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
tree revision information (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vcs-tree-revision
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
The result is the output of the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svnversion
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
command, the following table gives you an idea, how to read the results.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\align center
|
||
\begin_inset Tabular
|
||
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
|
||
<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
|
||
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Output
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Meaning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
4123:4168
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mixed revision working copy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
4168M
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
modified working copy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
4123S
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
switched working copy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
4123P
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
partial working copy, from a sparse checkout
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
4123:4168MS
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
||
\begin_inset Text
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
mixed revision, modified, switched working copy
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
</cell>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</lyxtabular>
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
file revision information.
|
||
The result comes from parsing the output of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
info
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
--xml
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.lyx
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Supported flags are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
version number of the last commit (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vcs-revision
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
author of the last commit (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vcs-author
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
date of the last commit (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vcs-date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
time of the last commit (
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vcs-time
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can obtain this info via InsetInfo (e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
info-insert buffer vcs-date
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
The information will be available only when you have the file stored under
|
||
svn managment (i.e.
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
.svn
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
directory is available with your document).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
Another---a hacking one---possibility is to use svn keywords
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In short -- you set file keywords property (e.g.
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx
|
||
\family default
|
||
) and then paste keyword TeX code
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
This is an easy way how to ensure that LyX won't break the line in the middle
|
||
of keyword tag.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tag in your document (e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
$Rev$
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
).
|
||
This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
$Rev: 59 $
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) after each update and commit.
|
||
There are more problems with this approach.
|
||
Firstly, the '$' character is used in TeX world for math equations, so
|
||
any occurence of math formula
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $Rev$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
become
|
||
\begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
in your LyX document.
|
||
Similarly for other keywords like Id, Date, Author, etc.
|
||
Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales, so its very easy that
|
||
svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used.
|
||
Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev: 59' string in your document instead of
|
||
the plain number.
|
||
Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use
|
||
this approach reliably or let LyX to support it directly.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
SVN and Windows Environment
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command
|
||
line operations on their own fairly quickly, they would be well advised
|
||
to use TortoiseSVN.
|
||
---P.
|
||
A.
|
||
Rubin
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Preparation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
In addition to installing LyX, and having access to a Subversion repository,
|
||
the user will need to install the Subversion client program.
|
||
A Windows installer for the client program is available from
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "CollabNet"
|
||
target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
The user may also want to install
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "TortoiseSVN"
|
||
target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu
|
||
of Windows Explorer.
|
||
Operations done outside LyX will typically be more convenient using the
|
||
Explorer context menu.
|
||
Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program, which
|
||
is what LyX itself will use.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Bringing a document under Subversion control
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Before a LyX document can be brought under version control in Subversion,
|
||
its parent directory needs to be under version control.
|
||
If the document is being added to a project already in the repository,
|
||
this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where
|
||
the new document will be placed.
|
||
If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance, if
|
||
this document starts a new project), the directory must be imported into
|
||
the repository.
|
||
This is done outside LyX.
|
||
Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context
|
||
menu using TortoiseSVN, or alternatively can be done using the command
|
||
line client at a DOS prompt.
|
||
The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described
|
||
below, assuming an existing repository and a new project being started
|
||
in
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
C:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
new project
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
For information on using the Subversion client program, run
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
svn --help
|
||
\family default
|
||
in a DOS shell.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Locate
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
C:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
new project
|
||
\family default
|
||
in Windows Explorer, right click it, and select
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
TortoiseSVN > Repo-browser
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
If necessary, adjust the URL for the repository, then click OK.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the
|
||
new project folder (typically the top level) and click
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Create folder\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Supply a name for the project folder and click OK.
|
||
Add a message for the log file if desired, then click OK again.
|
||
The new project folder should appear in the repository.
|
||
Finally, click OK again to exit the repository browser.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Once again right click
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
C:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
new project
|
||
\family default
|
||
, this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
Select the URL of the project folder
|
||
you just created in the repository, and set the checkout directory to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
C:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
new project.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Click OK.
|
||
You will be warned about a non-empty folder; click OK to proceed.
|
||
You should now have a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.svn
|
||
\family default
|
||
directory under
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
C:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
new project.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Create or open your document in LyX and click
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
V
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ersion
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
R
|
||
\bar default
|
||
egister.
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
From this point onward, you should have full functionality in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
\bar under
|
||
F
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\bar under
|
||
V
|
||
\bar default
|
||
ersion
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Control
|
||
\family default
|
||
menu.
|
||
You also have the option of checking the document in and out, viewing its
|
||
history, etc.
|
||
using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion
|
||
client program from a command prompt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under
|
||
Windows is a rather troublesome task.
|
||
We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior
|
||
knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed, also be prepared
|
||
for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Get an svn client for windows, as described in the previous sections.
|
||
When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn --version
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) to create config files, which you will need to change later on.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Choose an ssh client for Windows.
|
||
There are several possibilities, we will use the one from Putty tools
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for
|
||
any password from you.
|
||
To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password
|
||
protection etc.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Generate keys by
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
puttygen
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side.
|
||
If the SVN server runs on Linux, note that the format of the public key
|
||
is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste
|
||
the key from the “
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file
|
||
\emph default
|
||
:” edit field into the server's
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
~/.ssh/authorized_keys
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
authorized_keys2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Get the Putty's
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
plink
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
In the SVN config file
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Exact path depends on Windows version, usually somewhere around
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
c:
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Documents and Settings
|
||
\backslash
|
||
user
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Application Data
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Subversion
|
||
\backslash
|
||
config
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
/
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
AppData
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Roaming
|
||
\backslash
|
||
Subversion
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, section [tunnels], setup ssh command, e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends
|
||
on many things.
|
||
For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in
|
||
Putty etc.
|
||
If things fail, try to connect via plink without SVN first.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Checkout the SVN archive, e.g.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
End-of-Line Conversions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments, LyX will
|
||
use different line endings inside the .lyx files.
|
||
This is not a problem as far as LyX functionality is concerned, but the
|
||
commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone.
|
||
Fortunately SVN itself knows
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
native
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
mode.
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
For the lazy guys:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Further tuning
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
With the recent addition of the vc-command function LyX power users are
|
||
allowed to create their own commands for revision control.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated
|
||
directly:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Commit:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
Revert:
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Version control and Document comparison
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between
|
||
revisions, usually by creating
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
diff
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
dumps.
|
||
While this is useful for plain text files, it is much less useful in the
|
||
case of LyX files, which have more a complicated structure.
|
||
Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature.
|
||
There are two ways of calling this feature - either by direct call of
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Code
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
VC_COMPARE
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX function (for details see LyX functions manual) or by icon/menu item
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
Compare with older revision...
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply
|
||
compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where
|
||
'
|
||
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
0
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited
|
||
revision).
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated
|
||
versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint -- when addressing the revisions
|
||
in dialog, numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number,
|
||
i.e.
|
||
'35' in '1.2.35'.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Literate Programming
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Updated by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Kayvan Sylvan
|
||
\noun default
|
||
(kayvan@sylvan.com)
|
||
\noun on
|
||
,
|
||
\noun default
|
||
original documentation written by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
|
||
|
||
\noun default
|
||
(edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Introduction
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for
|
||
literate programming, where it is assumed that you are familiar with this
|
||
programming technique, and know what
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tangling
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
and
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
weaving
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
means.
|
||
If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following
|
||
sections.
|
||
There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development
|
||
history to the latest tools tips.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that
|
||
you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file.
|
||
If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover
|
||
your specific needs.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Literate Programming
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
From the Literate Programming FAQ:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together
|
||
in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
|
||
In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting!
|
||
(Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source
|
||
and documentation in a single file.
|
||
Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable
|
||
documentation or compilable source.
|
||
The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
E.
|
||
Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Another excerpt says:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quotation
|
||
There are three distinguishing characteristics.
|
||
In order of importance, they are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
flexible order of elaboration
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
automatic support for browsing
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
References
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
Literate Programming FAQ
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
|
||
Where some are specialized or
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tailored
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
for particular programming languages, while other have general scope.
|
||
I selected
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Noweb
|
||
\noun default
|
||
for my own use for several reasons:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It can generate the documentation either in LaTeX or HTML.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It has a open architecture, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
it is easy to plug in new filters and to perform special processing that
|
||
you may need.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one
|
||
of them).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Itemize
|
||
It is free.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The Noweb web page can be found at:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Quote
|
||
Noweb home page
|
||
\begin_inset Flex URL
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even
|
||
some literate program examples.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
LyX and Literate Programming with Noweb
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic
|
||
LyX converters mechanism.
|
||
This support is provided in a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Noweb independent
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
way, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate programmin
|
||
g tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Using the noweb module
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new
|
||
document, after you have chosen its document class, use the Document->Settings
|
||
menu to add the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
noweb
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module.
|
||
If Noweb is correctly installed, when you click on the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Modules
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
link, you will see the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
noweb
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
module in the available list and you can add it to your document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Typing code in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX enables you to write code with a layout named
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904450
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Flex Noun
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904450
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904406
|
||
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
|
||
\noun default
|
||
.
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904396
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The equivalent Noweb term is
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
For historical reasons, I got used to the term
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
scrap
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years
|
||
before rendering myself to Noweb.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
Noweb delimits
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904459
|
||
scraps
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904461
|
||
chunks
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
<<My
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904469
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904470
|
||
code
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
>>=
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
more code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
even more code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
@
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
@
|
||
\family default
|
||
must be taken literally, i.
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
e.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has
|
||
been written.
|
||
This is handled by a special layout named
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904493
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904494
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
, that works like a normal paragraph but has a free spacing capability.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
As a special note, you can also use the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
%def
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
construct of Noweb in your
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904503
|
||
scraps
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904504
|
||
chunks
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-reference:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
<<My
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904516
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904517
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
>>=
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904523
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904528
|
||
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
def some_function(args):
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904543
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904543
|
||
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
"This is the doc string for this function."
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904550
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904550
|
||
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
print "My args: ", args
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
@ %def some_function
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look
|
||
at the Literate python program in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
which should make this all clear.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Generating the documentation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document
|
||
class, and with some code and text on it.
|
||
How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select
|
||
\family sans
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
DVI,
|
||
\family default
|
||
etc.
|
||
Just like you would do for a plain document.
|
||
No special procedure is required.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
When the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
DVI
|
||
\family default
|
||
menu option is chosen, a LaTeX file is generated.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named
|
||
with an extension name defined by the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
literate
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have
|
||
the usual
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.tex
|
||
\family default
|
||
extension.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special
|
||
processing is required by LyX.
|
||
Given that you formatted the code using the
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904586
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904587
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
layout that, by itself, takes care of the business.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal
|
||
LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter
|
||
\begin_inset Foot
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
The converters are defined in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
panel, under the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Conversion
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tab.
|
||
See section
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Converters
|
||
\emph default
|
||
of the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Customization
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual for general information about converters.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to generate the LaTeX file.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Otherwise it will just skip this step.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_deeper
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in
|
||
a plain document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Independence from a particular
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
literate tool
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various
|
||
converters.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Generating the code
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the
|
||
toolbar is pressed, a LaTeX file is generated just like step 1 above.
|
||
Next, LyX invokes the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Noweb->Program
|
||
\family default
|
||
converter.
|
||
This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by
|
||
default, though the Program format is.
|
||
This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The converter program itself.
|
||
This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in
|
||
this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Enumerate
|
||
The error log parser.
|
||
This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a
|
||
format that LyX understands.
|
||
This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places
|
||
in the file buffer.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The first part, the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Converter
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
setting, should be set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
build-script $$i
|
||
\family default
|
||
$$r
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This basically means that LyX will call
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
(a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file
|
||
in the LyX temp directory) and the directory path of the original LyX file.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This is an implementation of
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
that you can place in a directory on your path:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#!/bin/sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
#
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The next part of the converter setting is the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Flags
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
which is to be set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
This will run any errors that are generated by the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
process through the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
listerrors
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The build will normally take place in LyX's temporary directory, so the
|
||
files produced by the conversion will be in that directory.
|
||
LyX will copy out what it regards as the `main' file, but the
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
Noweb->Program
|
||
\family default
|
||
conversion may produce several files, and so most of these would then be
|
||
deleted when LyX was closed.
|
||
This is why we pass in the NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR environment variable so that
|
||
the build-script
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904613
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904614
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
can place the generated files in that location.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Paragraph
|
||
Build instructions in the document
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904625
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904625
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
.
|
||
Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded
|
||
in a
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904630
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904630
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
of its own.
|
||
The noweb-specific
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
above uses the notangle command to look for this
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904632
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904632
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
(called
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
build-script
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
) and runs its contents through
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
sh
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Typically, such a
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904634
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904634
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
would look something like this:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
<<build-script>>=#!/bin/shif [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]then NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
|
||
fi[...
|
||
code to extract files ...
|
||
use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...][...
|
||
code to compile files ...]@
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Look in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
or in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx
|
||
\emph default
|
||
which implement two versions of the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
listerrors
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or
|
||
in
|
||
\emph on
|
||
LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx.
|
||
|
||
\emph default
|
||
Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the
|
||
LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and
|
||
Perl respectively.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Configuring LyX
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
All the Literate Programming support is configured by the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
panel in the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
File Handling
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tab.
|
||
The important parts are:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
NoWeb
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format Set up via the File Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific
|
||
pieces are set up.
|
||
The
|
||
\family sans
|
||
GUI Name
|
||
\family default
|
||
is set to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
NoWeb
|
||
\family default
|
||
, the file extension is set to
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.nw
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
This tells LyX to create a file with a
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
.nw
|
||
\family default
|
||
extension in the first step of the conversion process.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
the
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Program
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint
|
||
of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
NoWeb
|
||
\family default
|
||
->
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
This converter performs the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
weaving
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
of the literate document.
|
||
For Noweb, it is set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Description
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
NoWeb
|
||
\family default
|
||
->
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Program
|
||
\family default
|
||
This performs the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
tangling step
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
As stated above, the Converter is set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
build-script $$i
|
||
\family default
|
||
$$r
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
, with Flags set to
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Debug extensions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor
|
||
at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
|
||
The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
|
||
It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd
|
||
by accessing the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Helpers
|
||
\family default
|
||
dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
I take advantage of the newly created LyX server function and this ddd feature,
|
||
and set
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Edit Sources
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
to:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that
|
||
you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and
|
||
ddd will forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then
|
||
the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position
|
||
ddd was pointing to.
|
||
No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back
|
||
from debugging !
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working
|
||
(it is disabled by default).
|
||
You can enable it in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
(tabs
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Inputs
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Paths
|
||
\family default
|
||
) by entering in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyXserver pipe
|
||
\family default
|
||
a path like
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
/home/<your-home-directory>/.lyx/lyxpipe
|
||
\family default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Read the LyX server documentation in the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Customization Manual
|
||
\emph default
|
||
for further information.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Toolbar extensions
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar.
|
||
Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles:
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Standard
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Section
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LaTeX
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
LyX-Code
|
||
\family default
|
||
, and
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904643
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904651
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
The last one is a short cut to the
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Build Program
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
File menu entry.
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
|
||
In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
|
||
One for
|
||
\family sans
|
||
View
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Update
|
||
\family default
|
||
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
DVI
|
||
\family default
|
||
and the other for
|
||
\family sans
|
||
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
DVI
|
||
\family default
|
||
File menu entries.
|
||
Here is how it looks like:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Toolbar
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Layouts
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "layout Standard"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "layout Section"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "layout LaTeX"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "layout LyX-Code"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "layout
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904661
|
||
Scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904668
|
||
Chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Separator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "buffer-view"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "buffer-typeset"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Icon "build-program"
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
Separator
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
||
End
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Colors customization
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Preferences
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color.
|
||
The default color is red, since the
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904675
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904675
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
s uses LaTeX font, and there is a lot of
|
||
\change_deleted 819523532 1353904682
|
||
scrap
|
||
\change_inserted 819523532 1353904682
|
||
chunk
|
||
\change_unchanged
|
||
s in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red.
|
||
You can change it by going to the tabs
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Look&Feel
|
||
\family default
|
||
,
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Colors.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
|
||
You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend
|
||
in the background.
|
||
I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not
|
||
equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering
|
||
you anymore.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
LyX and knitr/Sweave
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Support for knitr and Sweave is documented in the knitr.lyx example file
|
||
and in the Sweave manual (in the Help > Specific Manuals submenu).
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Chapter
|
||
Special features
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can do everything with LyX that you can do with LaTeX.
|
||
However, LyX cannot support every LaTeX feature directly.
|
||
But you can always use TeX Code.
|
||
This chapter shows you some more special things you might want to use.
|
||
For other special things you can do with figures, tables, floats, boxes
|
||
and notes, have a look at the
|
||
\emph on
|
||
Embedded
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Objects
|
||
\emph default
|
||
manual.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Multiple Text Columns
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
This feature is independent of the option
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Two-column document
|
||
\family default
|
||
in the document settings under
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Text Layout
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
If you want to have 2
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
columns for the whole document, it is recommended to use the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Two-column document
|
||
\family default
|
||
option.
|
||
For all other cases use this feature.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To use multiple text columns in your document, you have to load the module
|
||
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Multiple Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
(menu
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
|
||
Modules
|
||
\family default
|
||
) and must have the LaTeX-package
|
||
\series bold
|
||
multicol
|
||
\series default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Index idx
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX-packages ! multicol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
installed.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Footnotes within multiple columns will be placed at the bottom of the page
|
||
and not under each column.
|
||
Within the different columns you can use everything, with the limitation
|
||
that for floats you need to use the float option
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Span columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Basics
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If you want to have 2
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
columns in your text, use the style
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
where the columns should start.
|
||
The content of the style is the number of the columns, so in this case
|
||
use a
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
At the point where the columns should end use the style
|
||
\family sans
|
||
End Multiple Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
and keep it empty.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Here is an example:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
\size small
|
||
The Adventure of the Empty House
|
||
\series default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
by
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
|
||
the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
|
||
Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
|
||
The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
|
||
out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
|
||
occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
|
||
that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
|
||
Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
|
||
missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
|
||
The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
|
||
me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
|
||
shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
|
||
Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think
|
||
of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli
|
||
ty which utterly submerged my mind.
|
||
Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
|
||
which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
|
||
remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
|
||
with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
|
||
I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
|
||
only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Here is an example with 3
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
columns:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
3
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
|
||
me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
|
||
read with care the various problems which came before the public.
|
||
And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
|
||
to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
|
||
There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
|
||
Adair.
|
||
As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
|
||
murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
|
||
than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
|
||
death of Sherlock Holmes.
|
||
There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
|
||
have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
|
||
been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
|
||
and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
|
||
All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
|
||
found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
|
||
At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
|
||
as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can have up to 10
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
columns if you want to, but that might not be very pleasant for the readers
|
||
of your document.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Columns inside Columns
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also have columns inside columns:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
|
||
at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
|
||
Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
|
||
cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
|
||
at 427 Park Lane.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
The youth moved in the best society–had, so far as was known, no enemies
|
||
and no particular vices.
|
||
He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
|
||
had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
|
||
no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
|
||
For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
|
||
for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
|
||
Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
|
||
strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
|
||
on the night of March 30, 1894.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
Ronald Adair was fond of cards–playing continually, but never for such stakes
|
||
as would hurt him.
|
||
He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
|
||
It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
|
||
a rubber of whist at the latter club.
|
||
He had also played there in the afternoon.
|
||
|
||
\size default
|
||
|
||
\size footnotesize
|
||
The evidence of those who had played with him– Mr.
|
||
Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran–showed that the game was whist,
|
||
and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
|
||
Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
|
||
His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
|
||
affect him.
|
||
He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
|
||
player, and usually rose a winner.
|
||
It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
|
||
actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
|
||
weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
|
||
So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsection
|
||
Advanced Examples
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The examples in this section show some more special features of multiple
|
||
columns.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For more features of multiple columns, have a look at the documentation
|
||
of the LaTeX-package
|
||
\series bold
|
||
multicol
|
||
\series default
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Index idx
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX-packages ! multicol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
,
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
|
||
LatexCommand cite
|
||
key "multicol"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Preface
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
To add a preface text for multiple columns, add the command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
}[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
as TeX Code behind the number of columns in the
|
||
\family sans
|
||
Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
\family default
|
||
style.
|
||
Behind the command follows the preface text.
|
||
At the end of the style use the command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
]{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
as TeX Code.
|
||
An example with some preface text:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
}[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
]{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten.
|
||
His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
|
||
The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second
|
||
floor, generally used as his sitting-room.
|
||
She had lit a fire there, and as it smoked she had opened the window.
|
||
No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty, the hour of the return
|
||
of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
|
||
Desiring to say good-night, she attempted to enter her son's room.
|
||
The door was locked on the inside, and no answer could be got to their
|
||
cries and knocking.
|
||
Help was obtained, and the door forced.
|
||
The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
|
||
His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet, but
|
||
no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
You can also use a section heading as the preface if you use a section command
|
||
as TeX Code behind the first TeX Code.
|
||
For example the command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsection{subsection title}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
creates a subsection.
|
||
In this example the preface is a subsubsection:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
}[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsubsection{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This is a subsubsection heading as a preface
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
]{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more
|
||
complex.
|
||
In the first place, no reason could be given why the young man should have
|
||
fastened the door upon the inside.
|
||
There was the possibility that the murderer had done this, and had afterwards
|
||
escaped by the window.
|
||
The drop was at least twenty feet, however, and a bed of crocuses in full
|
||
bloom lay beneath.
|
||
Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed,
|
||
nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated
|
||
the house from the road.
|
||
Apparently, therefore, it was the young man himself who had fastened the
|
||
door.
|
||
But how did he come by his death? No one could have climbed up to the window
|
||
without leaving traces.
|
||
Suppose a man had fired through the window, he would indeed be a remarkable
|
||
shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound.
|
||
Again, Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare; there is a cab stand within
|
||
a hundred yards of the house.
|
||
No one had heard a shot.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
If there is less vertical space left on the page at the beginning of the
|
||
multiple columns than needed for 6
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
text lines, a page break will be inserted before the multiple columns.
|
||
Depending on the number of lines of the preface text, you might want to
|
||
change this value.
|
||
It is determined by inserting the command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
][number
|
||
\backslash
|
||
baselineskip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
as TeX Code behind the preface definition but before the final
|
||
\series bold
|
||
]{
|
||
\series default
|
||
command.
|
||
|
||
\emph on
|
||
number
|
||
\emph default
|
||
is hereby the number of text lines.
|
||
In this example the space is set to 7
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
text lines:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
}[
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
subsubsection{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
This is the sectioning command
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
as a preface and
|
||
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
with multiple text lines
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
][7
|
||
\backslash
|
||
baselineskip
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
]{
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten.
|
||
His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation.
|
||
The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second
|
||
floor, generally used as his sitting-room.
|
||
She had lit a fire there, and as it smoked she had opened the window.
|
||
No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty, the hour of the return
|
||
of Lady Maynooth and her daughter.
|
||
Desiring to say good-night, she attempted to enter her son's room.
|
||
The door was locked on the inside, and no answer could be got to their
|
||
cries and knocking.
|
||
Help was obtained, and the door forced.
|
||
The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table.
|
||
His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet, but
|
||
no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Surrounding Space
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The amount of space before and after multiple columns can be changed by
|
||
changing the length
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolsep
|
||
\series default
|
||
.
|
||
For example the command
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolsep}{3cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
in TeX Code changes its value to 3
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
cm.
|
||
The change must be made before the multiple columns' start.
|
||
The predefined value is 13
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
For this example
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolsep
|
||
\series default
|
||
was set to 2.5
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
cm:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolsep}{2.5cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some
|
||
theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistanc
|
||
e which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigat
|
||
ion.
|
||
I confess that I made little progress.
|
||
In the evening I strolled across the Park, and found myself about six o'clock
|
||
at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane.
|
||
A group of loafers upon the pavements, all staring up at a particular window,
|
||
directed me to the house which I had come to see.
|
||
A tall, thin man with coloured glasses, whom I strongly suspected of being
|
||
a plain-clothes detective, was pointing out some theory of his own, while
|
||
the others crowded round to listen to what he said.
|
||
I got as near him as I could, but his observations seemed to me to be absurd,
|
||
so I withdrew again in some disgust.
|
||
As I did so I struck against an elderly, deformed man, who had been behind
|
||
me, and I knocked down several books which he was carrying.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\series bold
|
||
Note:
|
||
\series default
|
||
The values you set with
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength
|
||
\series default
|
||
will be used for all following multiple columns until you change them again.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
multicolsep}{13pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Note Note
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
go back to the default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Column Separation
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The width of the columns is automatically calculated, but you can modify
|
||
the space between the columns.
|
||
This is done by changing the length
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnsep
|
||
\series default
|
||
.
|
||
Its predefined value is 10
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt.
|
||
Here is an example where
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnsep
|
||
\series default
|
||
is set to 3
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
cm:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnsep}{3cm}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
My observations of No.
|
||
\begin_inset space \space{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested.
|
||
The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing, the
|
||
whole not more than five feet high.
|
||
It was perfectly easy, therefore, for anyone to get into the garden, but
|
||
the window was entirely inaccessible, since there was no water pipe or
|
||
anything which could help the most active man to climb it.
|
||
More puzzled than ever, I retraced my steps to Kensington.
|
||
I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that
|
||
a person desired to see me.
|
||
To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector,
|
||
his sharp, wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair, and his
|
||
precious volumes, a dozen of them at least, wedged under his right arm.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnsep}{10pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Note Note
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
go back to the default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
||
Vertical Lines
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
Between the columns a rule with a width of the length
|
||
\series bold
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnseprule
|
||
\series default
|
||
is placed.
|
||
If this rule width is set to 0
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt (this is the default), the rule is suppressed.
|
||
In the following example the line is 2
|
||
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
pt wide:
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status open
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnseprule}{2pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Begin Multiple Columns
|
||
2
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
You're surprised to see me, sir,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
said he, in a strange, croaking voice.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
I acknowledged that I was.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this
|
||
house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step
|
||
in and see that kind gentleman, and tell him that if I was a bit gruff
|
||
in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to
|
||
him for picking up my books.
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
You make too much of a trifle,
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
said I.
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
May I ask how you knew who I was?
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
|
||
\size small
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes eld
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for
|
||
you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very
|
||
happy to see you, I am sure.
|
||
Maybe you collect yourself, sir.
|
||
Here's
|
||
\noun on
|
||
British
|
||
\begin_inset space ~
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Birds
|
||
\noun default
|
||
, and
|
||
\noun on
|
||
Catullus
|
||
\noun default
|
||
, and
|
||
\noun on
|
||
The Holy War
|
||
\noun default
|
||
--a bargain, every one of them.
|
||
With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf.
|
||
It looks untidy, does it not, sir?
|
||
\begin_inset Quotes erd
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout End Multiple Columns
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
columnseprule}{0pt}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Note Note
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
go back to the default
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Section
|
||
Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
begin{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
newdimen
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
setlength{
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit}{4.5in}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\noindent
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape 19 0.45
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.332
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.40
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.35
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.293
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.30
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.25
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.317
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.20
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.342
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.15
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.373
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.10
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.410
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.05
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.453
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.00
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.500
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.05
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.453
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.10
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.410
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.15
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.373
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.20
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.342
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.25
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.317
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.30
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.35
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.293
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.40
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.300
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
0.45
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit 0.332
|
||
\backslash
|
||
varunit
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown.
|
||
In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape
|
||
\family default
|
||
is called for.
|
||
As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable
|
||
set of line length definitions.
|
||
While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive
|
||
of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around
|
||
non-rectangular graphics, etc.
|
||
which will benefit from such handcrafting.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
The syntax is
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
|
||
#nindent #nlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
, where
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
numlines
|
||
\family default
|
||
is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph.
|
||
If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are
|
||
more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the
|
||
definition.
|
||
The
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#nindent
|
||
\family default
|
||
and
|
||
\family typewriter
|
||
#nlength
|
||
\family default
|
||
entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the
|
||
length of the line as measured from that point.
|
||
The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to
|
||
normal for the next paragraph.
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Standard
|
||
\begin_inset ERT
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
|
||
|
||
\backslash
|
||
end{sloppypar}
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Bibliography
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
|
||
LatexCommand bibitem
|
||
key "multicol"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
Documentation of the LaTeX-package
|
||
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
||
LatexCommand href
|
||
name "multicol"
|
||
target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf"
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\begin_inset Index idx
|
||
status collapsed
|
||
|
||
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
||
LaTeX-packages ! multicol
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_inset
|
||
|
||
|
||
\end_layout
|
||
|
||
\end_body
|
||
\end_document
|